+ All Categories
Home > Documents > D811000252-MAN-001

D811000252-MAN-001

Date post: 10-Nov-2014
Category:
Upload: nano-villanueva
View: 216 times
Download: 31 times
Share this document with a friend
Popular Tags:
557
NEXT ASSY PRODUCT M614000012-GEN-001 TDS-4S This document contains proprietary and confidential information which is the property of National Oilwell Varco, L.P., its affiliates or subsidiaries (all collectively referred to hereinafter as "NOV"). It is loaned for limited purposes only and remains the property of NOV. Reproduction, in whole or in part, or use of this design or distribution of this information to others is not permitted without the express written consent of NOV. This document is to be returned to NOV upon request or upon completion of the use for which it was loaned. This document and the information contained and represented herein is the copyrighted property of NOV. © National Oilwell Varco CURRENT INITIAL Owner’s Manual Petrobras, P14 TDS-4S DRAWN J. Kellstrom CHECKED K. Schmidt SCALE: WT LBS: SIZE: AV SHT: 1 OF 1 APPVD R. Shumski DATE 10/23/2007 D811000252-MAN-001 REV: 01 D811000457-GEN-001/01 Bill of Material Item Quantity Part Number Description 1 1 SM00620 Service Manual, TDS-4S 2 1 SM01053 Service Manual, Washpipe Assembly 3 1 D811000252-DOS-001 Technical Drawing Package, TDS-4S 4 1 30184939 Mechanical Spares 5 1 30184734 Control Spares
Transcript
Page 1: D811000252-MAN-001

NEXT ASSY PRODUCT

M614000012-GEN-001 TDS-4S

This document contains proprietary and confidential information which is the property of National Oilwell Varco, L.P., its affiliates or subsidiaries (all collectively referred to hereinafter as "NOV"). It is loaned for limited purposes only and remains the property of NOV. Reproduction, in whole or in part, or use of this design or distribution of this information to others is not permitted without the express written consent of NOV. This document is to be returned to NOV upon request or upon completion of the use for which it was loaned. This document and the information contained and represented herein is the copyrighted property of NOV. © National Oilwell Varco

CURRENT INITIAL

Owner’s Manual

Petrobras, P14 TDS-4S

DRAWN J. Kellstrom

CHECKED K. SchmidtSCALE:

WT LBS:

SIZE: AV

SHT: 1 OF 1

APPVD R. Shumski

DATE 10/23/2007

D811000252-MAN-001 REV:

01

D811000457-GEN-001/01

Bill of Material

Item Quantity Part Number Description

1 1 SM00620 Service Manual, TDS-4S 2 1 SM01053 Service Manual, Washpipe Assembly 3 1 D811000252-DOS-001 Technical Drawing Package, TDS-4S 4 1 30184939 Mechanical Spares 5 1 30184734 Control Spares

Page 2: D811000252-MAN-001

Revision B

Service Manual

TDS-4S

SM00620

Top Drive System

Page 3: D811000252-MAN-001

March 8, 2001

ii TDS-4S Contents

Page 4: D811000252-MAN-001

TDS-4S Contents iii

Contents

Book 1 – Description

Preface/Manual conventionsSafety information ........................................................... 1-5Directional references ...................................................... 1-6Manual layout.................................................................. 1-6

Chapter 1 IntroductionGeneral description .......................................................... 1-7

Chapter 2 Major component descriptionMotor housing assembly ................................................ 1-19

Drilling motor ......................................................... 1-20Two speed transmission ........................................... 1-20Integrated swivel bail and swivel washpipe ............... 1-22Standard rotating head ............................................. 1-24Powered rotating head ............................................. 1-26

Rotating head controls ....................................... 1-26Cooling systems ............................................................. 1-28

Local blower ............................................................ 1-28Closed loop.............................................................. 1-30Remote blower ......................................................... 1-32

Guide dolly assemblies ................................................... 1-34Motor alignment system ................................................ 1-37Pipehandler .................................................................... 1-38

Link adapter ............................................................ 1-39Safety valves (IBOP) ................................................ 1-40

Saver and crossover subs..................................... 1-40Safety valve actuator ................................................. 1-40Torque wrench ........................................................ 1-42

Page 5: D811000252-MAN-001

March 8, 2001

iv TDS-4S Contents

Link tilt mechanisms ................................................ 1-45Standard and extended reach pneumaticlink tilt mechanisms ........................................... 1-45Hydraulic link tilt mechanism ........................... 1-48

Link tilt controls .......................................... 1-48Elevator links ................................................................. 1-50Counterbalance system .................................................. 1-51TDS Control System (TDCS) ....................................... 1-53

Varco Driller’s control and instrumentationConsole (VDC) ....................................................... 1-53Transfer control panel .............................................. 1-54Purge control system ................................................ 1-54

Service loops .................................................................. 1-55Derrick electrical termination kit ................................... 1-56Auxiliary equipment ...................................................... 1-57

Master bushing ID wear guide ................................. 1-58Swiveling drill collar dolly ........................................ 1-59Wireline adapter ...................................................... 1-60Crown height indicator ............................................ 1-62

Chapter 3 SpecificationsDrilling motor ......................................................... 1-65Main gearbox lube system ........................................ 1-65Cooling systems ....................................................... 1-66

Local blower ...................................................... 1-66Derrick mounted remote blower ........................ 1-66Closed loop ........................................................ 1-66

Guide dollies ............................................................ 1-67Pipehandler .............................................................. 1-67Service loop kits ....................................................... 1-68

Power loop (non-regulated areas) ....................... 1-68Control loop ...................................................... 1-68Fluid loop .......................................................... 1-69

Electrical equipment accessories ............................... 1-70API Class I, Division II -N.E.C. ........................ 1-70European standard zone 2 area-EExd ................. 1-70

Page 6: D811000252-MAN-001

TDS-4S Contents v

Book 2 – Installation and Commissioning

Preface/Manual conventionsSafety information ........................................................... 2-5Directional references ...................................................... 2-6Manual layout.................................................................. 2-6

Chapter 1 PreparationPreinstallation checklist .................................................... 2-7

Chapter 2 InstallationDerrick electrical termination kit ..................................... 2-9

Installation ................................................................. 2-9Wiring ..................................................................... 2-13

Plumbing ....................................................................... 2-15Hydraulic ................................................................. 2-15Air ........................................................................... 2-15Water ....................................................................... 2-15

Rig-up procedure ........................................................... 2-16Counterbalance system .................................................. 2-21Motor alignment cylinder system ................................... 2-22Driller’s controls and instrumentation ........................... 2-23

Varco Driller’s Console (VDC)................................ 2-23Throttle and torque limit controls ........................... 2-23Wiring ..................................................................... 2-23

Service loops .................................................................. 2-24Installation ............................................................... 2-24

Electrical loop .................................................... 2-25Fluids loop ......................................................... 2-25

Air loop ....................................................... 2-26Retract loop ....................................................... 2-27

Chapter 3 CommissioningCheckout procedures ..................................................... 2-29Long term TDS storage procedures................................ 2-32Returning the TDS to service after storage ..................... 2-33

Page 7: D811000252-MAN-001

March 8, 2001

vi TDS-4S Contents

Book 3 – Operation

Preface/Manual conventionsSafety information ........................................................... 3-5Directional references ...................................................... 3-6Manual layout .................................................................. 3-6

Chapter 1 Operating proceduresStart-up procedure ........................................................... 3-7Stalling the DC motor ..................................................... 3-8Changing transmission speeds .......................................... 3-9Pipehandler operation .................................................... 3-11

Standard rotating head ............................................. 3-11Powered rotating head ............................................. 3-12

Controls ............................................................. 3-12ROTATING HEAD LEFT/RIGHT switch ..... 3-12AUTO STOP/FREE ROTATE switch ............ 3-12

Safety valves (IBOP) ................................................ 3-14Torque wrench ........................................................ 3-16Changing drill string sizes ........................................ 3-19

PH-85 ............................................................... 3-19PH-60d ............................................................. 3-19

Torque values for load carrying components ............ 3-20Drilling ahead ................................................................ 3-21

Drilling ahead with triples ....................................... 3-21Drilling ahead with singles ....................................... 3-24Drilling ahead on a semi .......................................... 3-26

Tripping ........................................................................ 3-28Reaming out .................................................................. 3-29Well control procedures ................................................. 3-31Running casing .............................................................. 3-32Handling bottom hole assemblies .................................. 3-32Post jarring operations ................................................... 3-34

Page 8: D811000252-MAN-001

TDS-4S Contents vii

Book 4 – Maintenance and Troubleshooting

Preface/Manual conventionsSafety information ........................................................... 4-7Directional references ...................................................... 4-8Manual layout.................................................................. 4-8

Chapter 1 MaintenanceInspection ........................................................................ 4-9

TDS swing out procedure .......................................... 4-9DC drilling motor ................................................... 4-12Motor alignment cylinder ........................................ 4-12Air exhaust muffler .................................................. 4-12Derrick termination kit air filter/regulator/lubricators ................................................................ 4-13Pipehandler .............................................................. 4-14Nondestructive Examination (NDE) ....................... 4-14

Visual inspection................................................ 4-14Landing collar .............................................. 4-16Drive stem ................................................... 4-18

Magnetic Particle Inspection (MPI) ................... 4-20Ultrasonic Inspection ......................................... 4-21

Safety valve inspection procedures (IBOP) ... 4-21

Chapter 2 LubricationLubricating the motor and motor supportbonnet assembly............................................................. 4-23

Gearbox ................................................................... 4-23Torque setting procedure ................................... 4-25Other gearbox lubrication andmaintenance considerations ............................... 4-27

Initial oil change period ........................................... 4-27Oil capacity.............................................................. 4-28Lubricating the DC motor ....................................... 4-29Lubricating the washpipe and bonnet seal ................ 4-30

Lubricating the rotating head ......................................... 4-31Lubricating the link adapter ........................................... 4-32Lubricating the torque wrench ....................................... 4-33Lubricating the master bushing ID wear guide ............... 4-34

Page 9: D811000252-MAN-001

March 8, 2001

viii TDS-4S Contents

Lubricating the safety valve actuator .............................. 4-34Lubricating the upper safety valve (IBOP) ..................... 4-35Lubricating the guide dolly assembly ............................. 4-36Lubricating the bail pins ................................................ 4-41Lubricating the cooling system....................................... 4-42Lubrication schedule ...................................................... 4-44Lubricant specifications ................................................. 4-45

Chapter 3 MaintenanceAdjustment procedures .................................................. 4-49

Adjusting the torque wrench .................................... 4-49Adjusting the upper safety valve (IBOP)and safety valve actuator system ............................... 4-52Adjusting the counterbalance system ........................ 4-52Adjusting the motor alignment cylinder system ....... 4-54Precharging the counterbalance system .................... 4-60

Assembly and disassembly .............................................. 4-62Pipehandler .............................................................. 4-62

Torque wrench disassembly ............................... 4-62Replacing the torque wrenchclamping piston seal ..................................... 4-68

Replacing the standard rotating headglyd rings ........................................................... 4-71Replacing the powered rotating headglyd rings ........................................................... 4-75Replacing the standard or extended reachlink tilt air actuator ............................................ 4-77

Removing the tong dies ........................................... 4-81Front jaw ........................................................... 4-81Rear jaw ............................................................. 4-81

Removing the jaws ................................................... 4-82Front jaw ........................................................... 4-82Rear jaw ............................................................. 4-82

Upper safety valve (IBOP) ....................................... 4-82Lower safety valve (IBOP) ....................................... 4-82

Removing the motor assemblyfrom the guide dolly....................................................... 4-83

Disassembly/assembly of the drilling motorand motor support bonnet ....................................... 4-84

Installing the TDS motor pinion ................................... 4-87Local blower cooling system assembly/disassembly ... 4-89Closed loop cooling system assembly/disassembly .... 4-92

Replacing the safety wiring ............................................ 4-95Safety wiring tips ..................................................... 4-97

Page 10: D811000252-MAN-001

TDS-4S Contents ix

Chapter 4 TroubleshootingTroubleshooting the counterbalance .............................. 4-99

Troubleshooting the motor alignment cylinder ...... 4-100Troubleshooting the drilling motor and guide dolly ..... 4-101

Troubleshooting the motor air brake ..................... 4-101Troubleshooting the retract guide dolly ................. 4-101Troubleshooting the transmission .......................... 4-102Troubleshooting the oil pump ............................... 4-103Troubleshooting the cooling system ....................... 4-104

Troubleshooting the pipehandler ................................. 4-106Troubleshooting the torque wrench ....................... 4-106Troubleshooting the safety valve actuator............... 4-108Troubleshooting the link tilt .................................. 4-108Troubleshooting the pipehandler at thecounterbalance manifold ........................................ 4-109Troubleshooting the crown height indicator .......... 4-110Six-gang air valve assembly illustration ................... 4-111

Book 4 – TDS-4S Control System

General description .......................................................... 5-5Maintenance and troubleshooting/checkout procedures ........................................................ 5-7

Page 11: D811000252-MAN-001

March 8, 2001

x TDS-4S Contents

Page 12: D811000252-MAN-001

TDS-4S

Top DriveDrillingSystem

DescriptionSM00620-1

Rev. B

Page 13: D811000252-MAN-001

March 8, 2001

1-2 TDS-4S Description

Page 14: D811000252-MAN-001

TDS-4S Description 1-3

Contents

Preface/Manual conventionsSafety information ........................................................... 1-5Directional references ...................................................... 1-6Manual layout.................................................................. 1-6

Chapter 1 IntroductionGeneral description .......................................................... 1-7

Chapter 2 Major component descriptionMotor housing assembly ................................................ 1-19

Drilling motor ......................................................... 1-20Two speed transmission ........................................... 1-20Integrated swivel bail and swivel washpipe ............... 1-22Standard rotating head ............................................. 1-24Powered rotating head ............................................. 1-26

Rotating head controls ....................................... 1-26Cooling systems ............................................................. 1-28

Local blower ............................................................ 1-28Closed loop.............................................................. 1-30Remote blower ......................................................... 1-32

Guide dolly assemblies ................................................... 1-34Motor alignment system ................................................ 1-37Pipehandler .................................................................... 1-38

Link adapter ............................................................ 1-39Safety valves (IBOP) ................................................ 1-40

Saver and crossover subs..................................... 1-40Safety valve actuator ................................................. 1-40Torque wrench ........................................................ 1-42Link tilt mechanisms................................................ 1-45

Standard and extended reach pneumaticlink tilt mechanisms ........................................... 1-45Hydraulic link tilt mechanism ........................... 1-48

Link tilt controls .......................................... 1-48Elevator links ................................................................. 1-50Counterbalance system .................................................. 1-51

Page 15: D811000252-MAN-001

March 8, 2001

1-4 TDS-4S Description

TDS Control System (TDCS) ....................................... 1-53Varco Driller’s control and instrumentationConsole (VDC) ....................................................... 1-53Transfer control panel .............................................. 1-54Purge control system ................................................ 1-54

Service loops .................................................................. 1-55Derrick electrical termination kit ................................... 1-56Auxiliary equipment ...................................................... 1-57

Master bushing ID wear guide ................................. 1-58Swiveling drill collar dolly ........................................ 1-59Wireline adapter ...................................................... 1-60Crown height indicator ............................................ 1-62

Chapter 3 SpecificationsDrilling motor ......................................................... 1-65Main gearbox lube system ........................................ 1-65Cooling systems ....................................................... 1-66

Local blower ...................................................... 1-66Derrick mounted remote blower ........................ 1-66Closed loop ........................................................ 1-66

Guide dollies ............................................................ 1-67Pipehandler .............................................................. 1-67Service loop kits ....................................................... 1-68

Power loop (non-regulated areas) ....................... 1-68Control loop ...................................................... 1-68Fluid loop .......................................................... 1-69

Electrical equipment accessories ............................... 1-70API Class I, Division II -N.E.C. ........................ 1-70European standard zone 2 area-EExd ................. 1-70

Page 16: D811000252-MAN-001

TDS-4S Description 1-5

Preface

Manual conventions

Safety information

Information pertaining to possible personnel injury andequipment damage appears throughout this manual and isformatted to draw the reader’s attention to importantinformation, a warning, or a caution note. See the examplesbelow and pay close attention to these important advisories.

z Indicates advisories for operational or servicing proceduresinvolving little or no risk of personnel injury or equipmentdamage.

e Indicates advisories involving a risk of equipment damage.

n Indicates advisories involving a definite risk of injury to rigpersonnel.

Avoid personnel injury and equipment damage by reading thismanual and related documents before operating, inspecting, orservicing the equipment.

Page 17: D811000252-MAN-001

March 8, 2001

1-6 TDS-4S Description

Directional references

References to the right or left and front or back of componentsdescribed in this manual assume the perspective of the Top DriveDrilling System (TDS-4S), standing behind the TDS-4S as itfaces well center.

Manual layout

This binder contains several separate books that you can removeindividually for convenience.

Page 18: D811000252-MAN-001

TDS-4S Description 1-7

Chapter 1

Introduction

General description

Oil well drilling with a rotary table, kelly drive bushing, and a 45ft. kelly was the industry standard for years. For decades, drillersextended the drill string with the “making-a-single-connection”process using the rotary table, kelly, pipe tongs, drawworkscathead, master bushing, bowls, and slips. This method ofhandling pipe and joint makeup remained unchanged, apart fromminor improvements such as kelly spinners, until the advent oftop drive drilling systems.

Varco produces several Top Drive Drilling Systems (TDS) torotate the drill string and allow adding entire 93 ft. stands of pipe,eliminating two thirds of the conventional single-pipe drillingconnections. This manual describes the function andmaintenance of the TDS-4S, which integrates the drill pipeconnection handling and drive systems with the drilling swivel.

The TDS (Figures 1-1 and 1-2) provides the rotating power of aconventional rotary table drive while eliminating the need to“pick up” the cumbersome swivel/kelly combination. The TDSdoes not interfere with the existing conventional equipment. Itallows tripping, circulation, rotation, and the running of casing aswell as providing 90 ft. back reaming capabilities to reduce thechance of stuck pipe.

Page 19: D811000252-MAN-001

March 8, 2001

1-8 TDS-4S Description

LO

Guide DollyAssembly

Pipehandler Assembly

Motor HousingAssembly

Figure 1-1. Typical TDS-4S overall view

Page 20: D811000252-MAN-001

TDS-4S Description 1-9

The TDS integrated swivel bail connects directly to a drillinghook. Connecting the TDS integrated swivel bail directly to thetraveling block or motion compensator frame can eliminate thedrilling hook and shorten the TDS working height further.

��������������������

��������

��������������

���������������������

��������������

���

��������

����

�������

���������������������

��������������

���

��������

����

��������

���

�����

�������

���������

�����������

�������������

���������������

����������������

���������������

�������������

�����������

���������

�������

�����

���

��������

��������������

������

������������������������������������������������������������������������

�������������������������������������������������������������������������������

������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������

��������

������

������������������������

������

������

��������

�������������������

������������������

������

��������������������

����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������

����

����

����������

������

�������������������������������������������������������������������������������

����

������������

��������������������

������������

���������

���������

������������

��������������������������������������

������������������

������

����

����������������������������������������������������������������

������������

������������

��������������������������������������������������������������������������������

����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������

���������������

������������������������

��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������

������������������������

��������������� ���

������

��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������

��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������

������������������������

������������������

������

������������������������������������������������������������

������

������

������������

���

�����

�������

���������

�����������

�������������

���������������

����������������

���������������

��������������

������������

����������

��������

������

����

��

��������������������

����������������

��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������

Integrated Swivel Bail

Air Brake

Gooseneck

StandardWashpipe Packing

Motor SupportBonnet

Swivel Bearing

Bull Gear

Rotating Head

Main Shaft/Drive Stem Lower Gearcase

High Gear(Disengaged)

DC Drilling Motor

Motor Pinion Gear

CounterbalanceCylinder (2)

Low Gear(Engaged)

Upper Gearcase

Figure 1-2. TDS-4S motor and swivel housing assembly

Page 21: D811000252-MAN-001

March 8, 2001

1-10 TDS-4S Description

The integrated drive stem functions as the main output shaftdriving the drill string. The electric drilling motor andtransmission, located next to the stem, rotates the stem.The DC motor bolts to an upper assembly of the gearcase,called the motor support bonnet.

The motor frame/guide dolly attaches to the motor housingassembly. The entire assembly moves vertically on two railsinstalled in the derrick. The vertical rails react the motor torqueduring drilling operations and keeps the TDS positioned overwellcenter.

The pipehandler assembly (Figures 1-3 and 1-4) can make orbreak drill pipe at any height in the derrick.

Page 22: D811000252-MAN-001

TDS-4S Description 1-11

Rotating Head(Part of the Motor Housing Assembly)

Hydraulic/Pneumatic Link Tilt

Splined UpperIBOP Valve

Torque Wrench

350-Ton 108 in. Link (2)(Optional Varco Equipment)

Link Adapter(Also know as: Solid Body Elevator)

(Landing Collar Insideon Main Shaft/Drive Stem)

Upper IBOP Valve Actuator

Lower IBOP Valve(Inside Torque Tube)

Manually or Remotely OperatedDrill Pipe Elevator

(Optional Varco Equipment)

Torque Arrestor (4)

Figure 1-3. Typical 650-Ton, PH-85 pipehandler assembly

Page 23: D811000252-MAN-001

March 8, 2001

1-12 TDS-4S Description

650-TonRotating Head(Part of Motor

Housing Assembly)

Pneumatic Link Tilt

Splined UpperIBOP Valve

Torque Wrench

108 in.350-Ton Links

(Optional Varco Equipment)

Link Adapter(Also known as

Solid Body Elevator)(Landing Collar Inside

On Main Shaft/Drive Stem)

Safety Valve Actuator

Lower IBOP Valve(Inside Torque Tube)

Torque Arrestor (4)

Manually or Remotely Operated Drill Pipe Elevator(Optional Varco Equipment)

Figure 1-4. 650-Ton, PH-60d pipehandler assembly

Page 24: D811000252-MAN-001

TDS-4S Description 1-13

Internal Blow Out Preventor (IBOP) valves connect to the end ofthe drive stem (Figure 1-5). The driller can close the upper IBOPat any position in the derrick from the driller’s control console. Asecond, lower IBOP can be manually closed and sent downholewhile controlling a kick.

Safety Valve Actuator Shell

Crank Assembly (2)

Upper IBOP

Actuator Arm (2)

Torque Tube

Lower IBOP

Saver Sub

Drill Pipe

Landing Collar

Link Adapter(Also known as

Solid Body Elevator)

Upper IBOPValve ActuatorAir Cylinder (2)

Main Shaft/Drive Stem

Figure 1-5. Safety valves (IBOPs) and actuator assembly

Page 25: D811000252-MAN-001

March 8, 2001

1-14 TDS-4S Description

The drive stem passes through the link adapter. The torquearrestors keep the link adapter above the landing collar on thedrive stem when drilling (Figures 1-6, 1-7 and 1-8). Whenhoisting, the link adapter is pulled down onto the landing collardue to the added weight of the drill string. This directs thehoisting load through the drive stem, motor housing assembly,and swivel bail.

The fluid service loop provides the hydraulic, pneumatic power,and optional cooling water services to the TDS. The electricservice loops provide DC power and AC power/control.

A drill pipe elevator hangs from a pair of conventional links thatattach to the link adapter. Actuating the link tilt swings theelevator out to facilitate picking up pipe.

The Major component description chapter of this book describeseach of these assemblies. Subsequent books provide moreinformation on the equipment specific to your rig configuration.

Page 26: D811000252-MAN-001

TDS-4S Description 1-15

Link Adapter(Also known as

Solid Body Elevator)

Rotating Head(Part of Motor Housing Assembly)

TorqueArrestors (4)

Figure 1-6. 650-Ton rotating head, link adapter and torque arrestors

Page 27: D811000252-MAN-001

March 8, 2001

1-16 TDS-4S Description

650/500-TonRotating Head

(Part ofMotor Housing

Assembly)

TorqueArrestor

650-Ton: (4)500-Ton: (2)

Link AdapterSupport Plate

Safety ValveActuator

LowerIBOP Valve

Saver Sub

108 in.350-Ton

Links(Optional

Varco Equipment)

Manually or Remotely OperatedDrill Pipe Elevator

(Optional Varco Equipment)

UpperIBOP Valve

Hydraulic/Pneumatic Link Tilt

Torque Wrench

650/500-TonLink Adapter

(Also known asSolid BodyElevator)

Figure 1-7. 650-Ton, PH-85 pipehandler in relation to other TDS assemblies

Page 28: D811000252-MAN-001

TDS-4S Description 1-17

TorqueArrestor (4)

Link AdapterSupport Plate

Safety ValveActuator

LowerIBOP Valve

Saver Sub

UpperIBOP Valve

Pneumatic Link Tilt

Torque Wrench

650-TonRotating Head(Part of Motor

HousingAssembly)

650-TonLink Adapter

(Also known asSolid BodyElevator)

108 in.350-Ton

Links(Optional

VarcoEquipment)

Manually or Remotely OperatedDrill Pipe Elevator

(Optional Varco Equipment)

Figure 1-8. 650-Ton, PH-60d pipehandler in relation to other TDS assemblies

Page 29: D811000252-MAN-001

March 8, 2001

1-18 TDS-4S Description

Page 30: D811000252-MAN-001

TDS-4S Description 1-19

Chapter 2

Major componentdescription

Motor housing assembly

The motor housing assembly is composed of the following:

❏ Drilling motor and brake

❏ Two speed transmission

❏ Rotating head

❏ Integrated swivel and washpipe

Page 31: D811000252-MAN-001

March 8, 2001

1-20 TDS-4S Description

Drilling motorThe drilling motor on the TDS is a 1,100 hp DC drilling motor.Mechanically, the motor features a double-ended armature shaftand thrust bearings for vertical operation.

There is an air brake on the motor to hold torque in the drillstring to assist in directional work. It is remotely operated by asolenoid valve. Please refer to the specifications included later inthis book for additional details.

Two speed transmissionThe two speed transmission consists of the following majorcomponents:

❏ Bull gears – 96 tooth, 2.0 diametral pitch

❏ High range compound gears – 27 tooth and 30 tooth

❏ Low range compound gears – 23 tooth and 40 tooth

❏ Motor pinion gears – 21 tooth

❏ Geneva transmission shifter mechanism (Figure 1-9)

❏ Main body and lower gearcase

❏ Main shaft/drive stem

❏ Bonnet

❏ Swivel bearing

The compound gears mount to their eccentric shafts with a two-row, full complement roller bearing on one end and a sphericalroller bearing on the other end.

Page 32: D811000252-MAN-001

TDS-4S Description 1-21

HI LO

High GearEccentric Shaft

(Engaged)

Low GearEccentric Shaft(Disengaged)

GenevaMechanism

Shifter Input

ExternalHI / LO

Indicator

CompoundGear Shafts

ShifterInput Shaft

Rotating HeadAssembly

Bottom View

Top View

Figure 1-9. Transmission/geneva mechanism

Page 33: D811000252-MAN-001

March 8, 2001

1-22 TDS-4S Description

Lubrication to the bearings and gear meshes is force fed by anelectrically driven gear pump externally mounted on the gearcase(Figure 1-10). The lower gearcase is a heavy duty steel casting,fully ribbed for added heat dissipation.

The transmission shifts gears by rotating two vertical compoundgear eccentric shafts. The two compound shafts (high and low)are supported on heavy trunnions between the main body andlower gearcase halves. As the shafts rotate (less than one-halfturn), the compound gears go into or out of mesh with both themotor pinion gear and the bull gear because the support shaftcenter axes are offset or eccentric.

Each compound shaft carries a large, internally splined genevaslave. A common geneva master sequentially unlocks, rotates, andlocks both gears. The master rotates using a reduction gear setwith a vertical manual input shaft. It carries its own latchingmechanism and provides the security of a double lock on thecompound shafts.

A 1 in. male hex at the bottom of the transmission case (Figure1-9), rotates the input shaft. After pushing inward on the malehex, it takes five turns of the input shaft to unlock both gear sets,rotate the engaged gear set to full disengagement, rotate thedisengaged gear set into full engagement, and lock both gear setsin their proper positions with positive stops in the lockedposition. An external indicator shows the gear range selection.

Integrated swivel bail and swivelwashpipeThe integrated swivel bail is a bearing assembly that allowstransfer of the rotating load to the lifting components(Figure 1-2).

The swivel washpipe is a rotating seal that allows mud to flow tothe rotating drill string.

Page 34: D811000252-MAN-001

TDS-4S Description 1-23

LEGEND

FabricatedDrilled

Pressure Tap

Compound Shafts (Not Visible)Inlet

BullGears

Motor PinionGears

Lower RadialShaft Bearing

Bottom View

Side View

Bull Gears

Motor PinionGears

Figure 1-10. Transmission lubrication system

Page 35: D811000252-MAN-001

March 8, 2001

1-24 TDS-4S Description

Standard rotating headThe standard rotating head allows transferring pneumatic andhydraulic pressure from stationary ports on the drilling motorhousing to rotating ports on the rotating head (Figure 1-11). Itfeatures two hydraulic passages, three pneumatic passages, andtwo spare passages capable of transferring either pneumatic orhydraulic fluid (all are rated at 2,500 psi).

The rotating head assembly consists of:

❏ Stationary flange

❏ Eight rotary glyd rings

❏ Swivel block

❏ Cam

❏ Auto-return cylinder

❏ Cam follower

❏ Swivel block locking mechanism

The hydraulic and air lines for the various pipehandler functions(air link tilt, torque wrench, etc.) run from their respectivesolenoid valves to the stationary flange. The fluids travel from theflange to the swivel block via sealed rotating passages. The glydrings maintain the seal between the passages.

Additional hoses connect the ports in the swivel block to thecorresponding devices (link tilt, etc.). The swivel block rotatesrelative to the flange without twisting or damaging any hoses.There is also a lug for mounting the torque wrench hanger andholes for attaching the torque arrestors on the swivel block.

The rotating head stationary flange bolts directly to the bottom ofthe gearcase with the drive stem running through the center.There is also an auto-return cylinder mounted on the stationaryflange. The auto-return cylinder is hydraulically connected to thecounterbalance manifold. The rod end of the cylinder connects toa cam follower assembly that tracks the cam mounted to theswivel block.

Page 36: D811000252-MAN-001

TDS-4S Description 1-25

Stationary Flange

Locking Lever

Glyd Ring (8)

Auto-ReturnCylinder

Swivel Block

Cam

Cam Follower

Torque ArrestorLocation

Torque Wrench Hanger(Lug not shown)

Figure 1-11. Standard 650-Ton rotating head assembly

Page 37: D811000252-MAN-001

March 8, 2001

1-26 TDS-4S Description

Powered rotating headThe 10-port powered rotating head (Figure 1-12) allowstransferring pneumatic and hydraulic pressure from stationaryports on the drilling motor housing to rotating ports on therotating head. It features three hydraulic passages, five pneumaticpassages, and two spare passages capable of transferring eitherpneumatic or hydraulic fluid (all are rated at 2,000 psi).

The rotating head assembly consists of the following components:

❏ Stationary flange

❏ Eleven rotary glyd rings

❏ Swivel block

❏ Bull gear

❏ Hydraulic motor assembly

❏ Proximity sensor and adjustable targets

The hydraulic and air lines for the various pipehandler functions(hydraulic link tilt, torque wrench, etc.) run from their respectivesolenoid valves to the stationary flange. The fluids travel from theflange to the swivel block via sealed rotating passages. The glydrings maintain the seal between the passages.

Additional hoses connect the ports in the swivel block to thecorresponding devices (link tilt, etc.). The swivel block rotatesrelative to the flange without twisting or damaging any hoses.There is also a lug for mounting the torque wrench hanger andholes for attaching the torque arrestors on the swivel block.

The rotating head stationary flange bolts directly to the bottom ofthe gearcase with the drive stem running through the center.

The hydraulic motor assembly mounts to the swivel flange whichengages a compound gear, driven by a pinion gear on thehydraulic motor shaft. Two switches on the driller’s control panelcontrol the hydraulic motor.

Rotating head controlsThe powered rotating head has two switches. The ROTATINGHEAD LEFT/RIGHT switch rotates the rotating head, pipehandler, and link tilt to the right or left (same direction as thedrill string). The AUTO STOP/FREE ROTATE switch controlsthe powered rotating head operating mode.

Page 38: D811000252-MAN-001

TDS-4S Description 1-27

A4

A5

H3

S2

H2

A2

A3

H1

S1

A1

A1

A3

A5

A4

H2 S1

A2

S2

H3

PR

ES

SU

RE

H1

StationaryFlange

Bull Gear

Torque ArrestorHanger

Hydraulic MotorAssembly

Rotary GlydRing (11)

Swivel Block

Figure 1-12. Powered rotating head assembly

Page 39: D811000252-MAN-001

March 8, 2001

1-28 TDS-4S Description

Cooling systems

Local blowerThe local blower cooling system with an optional extended intakeprovides local cooling air to the drilling motor (Figure 1-13). Itreceives air approximately 27 ft. above the rig floor at the lowestpoint of the motor’s travel.

An explosion-proof 20 hp, 3,450 rpm AC electrical motordirectly drives the impeller in the blower housing. An optionalflexible duct connects the blower housing to the extended intakemounted on the traveling equipment.

Two spark arrestor assemblies are mounted on the exhaust portsof the upper gearcase. These components hinder the egress of anyair born sparks from the DC motor.

Page 40: D811000252-MAN-001

TDS-4S Description 1-29

MountingBrackets (2)

Mounting Plate

Oil Fittings (2)

TransmissionCooler

Axial Fan20 hp

Blower Motor

Locking Key

Gasket

Blower Housing

Blower Impeller

Taper LockBushing

Gasket

Blower Duct toAC Drilling Motor

Flex DuctConnection

Point

Spark Arrestor

Figure 1-13. Typical local blower cooling system

Page 41: D811000252-MAN-001

March 8, 2001

1-30 TDS-4S Description

Closed loopThe closed loop cooling system (Figure 1-14) consists of two air/water heat exchangers cooled by twin blowers driven by a doubleended AC motor. Ducting directs air out the motor exhaust portto the heat exchangers and back to the blower inlets. The heatexchangers are built from Cupro-Nickel tubes and the headers arepressure tested to 250 psi.

The system requires a supply of liquid coolant (sea water, chilledfresh water or glycol) at 100 gpm at a maximum inlettemperature of 90°F.

Purge air at a rate of 70 scfm per motor at 1.0 psig is also requiredto provide positive system pressure, and a purge control system(refer to TDS Control System information provided later in thischapter) monitors system pressure to insure safe operation.

Page 42: D811000252-MAN-001

TDS-4S Description 1-31

Impeller (2)

WaterConnections

Blower Mount/Brake Cover

BlowerHousing (2)

Heat Exchanger (2)

GEDrilling Motor

InspectionCover

8 in. FlexConnection (2)

Dual Shaft20 hp AC

Blower Motor

Blower Inlet (2)

DC to MotorExhaust Port on

Upper Gear Case

Figure 1-14. Typical closed loop cooling system

Page 43: D811000252-MAN-001

March 8, 2001

1-32 TDS-4S Description

Remote blowerThe remote blower motor cooling system consists of a motor andpressure blower mounted in the derrick at racking board level(Figure 1-15). Air is drawn in from outside the wind wall,through a flexible duct into the top of the drilling motor, andexits through spark arrestors attached to the air outlets of themotor.

A pressure switch monitors the motor air inlet pressure to verifyblower operation. The contacts of the pressure switch are usuallywired into the SCR assignment logic for the drilling motor.

A moisture separator is attached to the blower inlet duct toprevent water from entering the motor.

Page 44: D811000252-MAN-001

TDS-4S Description 1-33

40 hp Explosion ProofElectric Motor (AC)

and CentrifugalPressure Blower

Air Inlet

Racking Platformat Racking Board Level

Rigid Cooling Duct

Spark Arrestor

86' Flex Air DuctMotor Dolly Assembly

Wind Wall

Figure 1-15. Typical remote blower cooling system

Page 45: D811000252-MAN-001

March 8, 2001

1-34 TDS-4S Description

Guide dolly assemblies

The guide dolly assembly transmits the drilling torque reaction tothe guide rails keep the TDS positioned over wellcenter and canprovide a method for setting the entire unit aside for maintenanceor to allow rig operation without the TDS if necessary.

The standard guide dolly assembly consists of two framesconnected by hinges on the pivot side and hold-down bolts onthe other (Figure 1-16).

Non-swing retract guide dollies use hold-down bolts (swing bolts)on both sides (Figure 1-17). One frame attaches to the motorhousing assembly and includes attachment points for the serviceloops and rotary hose. The other frame includes the guide rollersand remains in the guide rails during all normal operations.Centralized lubrication manifolds provide roller lubrication.

Page 46: D811000252-MAN-001

TDS-4S Description 1-35

Motor Frame

Guide Dolly Frame

Hinge Pin (2)

Hold-down Bolt(Swing Bolt) (2)

Figure 1-16. Typical swing guide dolly assembly

Page 47: D811000252-MAN-001

March 8, 2001

1-36 TDS-4S Description

LEGEND

Extended Mode

Retracted ModeIntermediate

Frame

LowerExtend/Retract

Arm

RetractCylinder

Guide DollyFrame

Upper Stabilizer ArmMotor Frame

45.0"

Figure 1-17. Typical retract guide dolly assembly

Page 48: D811000252-MAN-001

TDS-4S Description 1-37

Motor alignment system

The motor alignment system consists of a duplex cylinder,hydraulic accumulator, pressure reducing valve manifold, andrelated hardware.

The duplex cylinder attaches between the bottom of the lowergearcase and the motor frame. It connects to an accumulatorcircuit located on the guide dolly. The accumulator is chargedwith nitrogen and maintained at a predetermined pressure settingby the alignment cylinder manifold. Figure 1-18 shows the motoralignment cylinder installed in a typical motor frame.

The duplex cylinder maintains a wellcenter orientation for theswivel stem when disconnected from the drill sting, whileallowing the motor housing assembly to float slightly about itstrunnions.

Motor AlignmentCylinder

MotorFrame Dolly (Ref)

ShippingBrace

Figure 1-18. Motor alignment cylinder

Page 49: D811000252-MAN-001

March 8, 2001

1-38 TDS-4S Description

Pipehandler

The main components of the pipehandler include the following(Figures 1-3 and 1-4):

❏ Link adapter

❏ Safety valves (Upper and Lower IBOPs)

❏ IBOP valve actuator

❏ Torque wrench

❏ Link tilt mechanism

The pipehandler provides two basic functions for the TDS:

❏ Tripping 93 ft. drilling pipe stands

❏ Providing up to 85,000 ft lb torque for makeup andbreak-out of connections at any height in the derrick(the PH-60d provides up to 60,000 ft lb torque)

The pipehandler can be configured for various tool jointconnections. It includes a link adapter and a special-purposeVarco torque wrench assembly. It also incorporates a remoteIBOP valve actuator and link tilt mechanism.

When not in use, the pipehandler remains stationary and freefrom the drill string passing through it. When tripping orperforming bottom hole operations, the pipehandler is free torotate 360°, emulating the action of a standard hook.

Page 50: D811000252-MAN-001

TDS-4S Description 1-39

Link adapterThe link adapter (solid body elevator) and the elevator links(Figures 1-7 and 1-8), working in conjunction with the torquearrestors, transfer the hoisting loads to the drive stem.

The drive stem is free to rotate inside the link adapter whiledrilling. The link adapter does not rotate with the drive stembecause torque arrestors raise the link adapter up off the loadsupporting landing collar located on the drive stem.

When hoisting loads, springs inside the torque arrestors compessto transfer the load to the drive stem by pulling the link adapterdown onto the landing collar. The link adapter rotates with therotating head–which is required for tripping operations.

The torque arrestors contain compression springs capable ofsupporting any stand of drill pipe in the full up position.

Page 51: D811000252-MAN-001

March 8, 2001

1-40 TDS-4S Description

Safety valves (IBOP)The Varco pipehandler includes two Internal Blowout Preventorsafety valves (IBOPs) to provide blowout prevention. For detaileddescriptions, installation, operation, maintenance, and partsinformation, refer to the IBOP Service Manual.

Saver and crossover subsEach pipehandler ships with two saver subs and one crossoversub. Saver subs (Figures 1-7 and 1-8) are dual pin subs used topreserve the threads on the lower IBOP and provide a pin for thebox end of the drill string. Saver sub threads can be recut to aminimum shoulder-to-shoulder length of 5 in. before the submust be discarded.

The crossover sub converts the lower IBOP pin to a boxconnection for well control procedures with standard pipe.

e Saver subs are load bearing components in the TDS and must beinspected periodically along with other load bearing components.Refer to the Maintenance and Troubleshooting book for moreinformation.

Safety valve actuatorThe remotely operated upper IBOP valve actuator allows upperIBOP actuation at any height in the derrick.

The upper IBOP actuator system consists of the following:

❏ Two pneumatic air cylinders

❏ Two actuator arms

❏ Actuator shell

❏ Two crank assemblies

❏ Two pneumatic solenoid valves

Double-acting air cylinders move the actuator arm. The actuatorarm connects to the valve actuator shell and moves the actuatorshell up or down (Figure 1-19). A slot in the actuator shellengages the crank assemblies, which opens or closes the IBOP.The air cylinders are operated remotely by a solenoid valvecontrolled by an electrical switch at the VDC.

Page 52: D811000252-MAN-001

TDS-4S Description 1-41

Safety Valve Actuator Shell

Crank Assembly (2)

Upper IBOP

Actuator Arm (2)

Torque Tube

Lower IBOP

Saver Sub

Drill Pipe

Landing Collar

Link Adapter(Also known as

Solid Body Elevator)

Upper IBOPValve ActuatorAir Cylinder (2)

Main Shaft/Drive Stem

Figure 1-19. Safety valve actuator system

Page 53: D811000252-MAN-001

March 8, 2001

1-42 TDS-4S Description

Torque wrenchThe torque wrench provides a means for making and breakingout connections with the drive stem.

The torque wrench assembly consists of the followingcomponents (Figures 1-20 and 1-21):

❏ Hanger

❏ Torque tube

❏ Torque tube guide ring

❏ Two torque cylinders

❏ Two clamping jaws

❏ Two clamping pistons

❏ Control manifold

❏ Lift cylinder

❏ Two stop tubes

❏ Stabbing guide

❏ IBOP actuator cylinders and arms

A hanger attached to the rotating head supports the torquewrench. The torque wrench has two torque cylinders connectedto the torque tube.

The clamping jaw contains a 10 in. diameter clamping piston forgripping the box end of the drill pipe. On the lower section of theupper IBOP, a female spline engages the mating male spline onthe lower IBOP contained inside the torque tube.

When actuated, the torque wrench rises and engages the splineson the upper IBOP. It then receives sequenced pressure to clampthe clamping piston on the box connection. After the clampingpressure develops, another sequence valve automatically opensand directs pressure to the torque cylinders. The torque cylinderscan rotate up to 25° while developing a maximum torque of85,000 ft lb (60,000 ft lb for PH-60d).

One electrical push button on the VDC controls the entire torquewrench operation. The driller simply holds the button down untilthe connection is made or broken. The driller then releases thebutton to allow the unit to automatically recycle to the readyposition. A two-position, air piloted hydraulic valve located onthe counterbalance manifold controls the cycle.

The torque wrench can also make up or break out the saver subor the lower IBOP. A manually operated valve on the rear of thepipehandler selects either the make up or break out function.

Page 54: D811000252-MAN-001

TDS-4S Description 1-43

Var co

Hanger

IBOP ActuatorAir Cylinders

Lift Cylinder

IBOPActuator Arms

Torque Tube

Clamping Jaw(Inside Clamp Body)

Stabbing Guide

Guide Ring(Not Visible)

Clamping Piston(Inside Clamp Body Cylinder)

Torque Cylinder (2)

Control Manifold(Hidden)

Stop Tube (2)

Torque Wrench Hoses (Hydraulic)

IBOP ActuatorHoses (Air)

Figure 1-20. PH-85 torque wrench assembly

Page 55: D811000252-MAN-001

March 8, 2001

1-44 TDS-4S Description

Clamping Piston(Inside Clamp Body Cylinder)

Torque Cylinder (2)

Control Manifold(Hidden)

Stop Tube (2)

Hanger

IBOP ActuatorAir Cylinders

Lift Cylinder

IBOPActuator Arms

Torque Tube

Clamping Jaws(Inside Clamp Body)

Stabbing Guide

Torque Wrench Hoses (Hydraulic)

IBOP ActuatorHoses (Air)

Guide Ring(Not Visible)

Figure 1-21. PH-60d torque wrench assembly

Page 56: D811000252-MAN-001

TDS-4S Description 1-45

Link tilt mechanisms

Standard and extended reach pneumaticlink tilt mechanismsThe standard (Figure 1-22) and extended reach (Figure 1-23) linktilt assembly allows:

❏ The elevators to move off of well center to pick up a stand inthe mousehole.

❏ The derrickman to handle pipe more easily.

The link tilt assembly mounts on the front of the solid bodyelevator (link adapter). This assembly consists of a pivoting liftingframe connected to the drilling elevator links with chains andclamps. A switch on the VDC controls a pneumatic solenoidvalve that inflates an air spring within the lifting frame. Inflatingthe air spring pivots the frame upward, tilting the links outward.

Extended reach link tilt mechanisms have two air springs andextend 76 in. A standard reach link tilt will extend links 52 in.Both reaches are based on 108 in. elevator links.

An adjustable intermediate stop mechanism provides clearancebetween the drill pipe elevator and the monkey board to assist thederrickman in racking operations.

Page 57: D811000252-MAN-001

March 8, 2001

1-46 TDS-4S Description

AirActuator

IntermediateStop

IntermediateStop Release

D/P ElevatorLink Clamp

Lifting Frame

Figure 1-22. Standard pneumatic link tilt mechanism

Page 58: D811000252-MAN-001

TDS-4S Description 1-47

Double AirActuator

IntermediateStop

IntermediateStop Release

D/P ElevatorLink Clamp

LiftingFrame

Figure 1-23. Extended reach pneumatic link tilt mechanism

Page 59: D811000252-MAN-001

March 8, 2001

1-48 TDS-4S Description

Hydraulic link tilt mechanismThe hydraulic link tilt assembly (Figure 1-24) provides lateralmovement of the drill pipe elevator to a position above themousehole or toward the monkeyboard.

The link tilt assembly mounts on the front of the link adapter(solid body elevator). The link tilt uses dual hydraulic cylinders.Full link tilt extension moves drill pipe approximately 78 in. fromwell center, based on 108 in. links. During operation, theoperator can stop link tilt movement at any position and hold thesupported load in place.

The link tilt also enables retracting the open drill pipe elevatorfrom the drill pipe while drilling, tripping, and adding stands(available only on PH-85 models).

Link tilt controls

The link tilt is controlled by a four-position switch. The positionsare RETRACT, FLOAT, HOLD, and EXTEND.

RETRACT

In the RETRACT position, the elevator backs away from wellcenter.

FLOAT

FLOAT returns the elevators to well center from the retracted orextended position. A 1/2-second delay is programmed into theFLOAT function to allow the control switch to travel from theRETRACT position to the HOLD position without activatingthe FLOAT.

HOLD

This setting holds the position of the elevators extended orretracted.

EXTEND

This setting extends the elevator forward to the mouseholethrough wellcenter.

Page 60: D811000252-MAN-001

TDS-4S Description 1-49

LinkTilt Arm

IntermediateStop

StopAdjuster

CylinderAssembly

(2)

PassiveStop

Assembly(2)

HydraulicLink Tilt withPassive Stop

HydraulicLink Tilt with

Intermediate Stop

Figure 1-24. Hydraulic link tilt

Page 61: D811000252-MAN-001

March 8, 2001

1-50 TDS-4S Description

Elevator links

Varco elevator links attach to the link adapter and support thedrill pipe elevator. Elevator link options include:

❏ 108 in., 350-Ton elevator links

❏ 132 in., 350-Ton elevator links

❏ 180 in., 500-Ton elevator links (special long links for runningcasing, providing 120 in. of clearance for cementing heads)

Page 62: D811000252-MAN-001

TDS-4S Description 1-51

Counterbalance system

The counterbalance system prevents damage to tool joint threadswhile making or breaking connections with the TDS. It providescushioned stroke similar to that provided by the hook.

The counterbalance system prevents damage to the threads of thesaver sub and drill pipe by offsetting the weight of the top drivewhile stabbing into a connection. The system (Figure 1-27)consists primarily of two hydraulic cylinders, a counterbalancemanifold, and two hydraulic accumulators. The hydrauliccylinder assemblies connect the integrated swivel bail and thetraveling equipment (hook, block, becket, hook adapter, etc.).

When properly adjusted, the counterbalance system supports allbut about 800 lb of the weight of the top drive over a full 8 to10 in. of travel.

The system also incorporates a complete backup. The twoaccumulators, constantly maintained at system pressure, arealways able to provide pressure to the counterbalance cylinders ifthe HPU is “off” or non-operational for any reason. For normaloperation, however, the HPU is “on” when using the torquewrench for breaking out the top drive at the floor and is left onwhile making up the next stand.

When adding a stand to the string during drilling operations, thedriller takes a stand in the elevators and stabs it into the box inthe rotary table. The driller continues to lower the TDS until thesaver sub touches the box of the new stand. At this point, onlyabout 800 lb load is on the saver sub/drill pipe connection. Thecounterbalance cylinders support the remainder of the TDSweight. The driller then spins in and torques up the connectionwith the pipehandler assembly and is ready to drill ahead.

Note that the driller does not have to do anything extra to get thecounterbalance system to function properly. It is a pre-adjustedsystem. Once drilling resumes, the HPU can be turned off andrestarted again for breaking out the connection at the floor afterdrilling the stand down.

Page 63: D811000252-MAN-001

March 8, 2001

1-52 TDS-4S Description

810 lbWeight on Threads

18,970 lb

38,750 lbTypical System Weight

HydraulicCylinders (2)

HydraulicAccumulators (2)

Guide DollyAssembly

HydraulicPower Supply

Stabbing Mode:Top Drive Lowered Past Thread Contact

CounterbalanceManifold

18,970 lb

Rig Floor

FluidsService Loop

Figure 1-27. Counterbalance system

Page 64: D811000252-MAN-001

TDS-4S Description 1-53

TDS Control System (TDCS)

The TDS Control System (TDCS) provides the driller with acontrol console that operates all of the TDS functions. Thecomponents of the TDCS include:

❏ Varco Driller’s control and instrumentation Console (VDC)

❏ Transfer control panel (TP)

❏ Purge control system for closed loop cooling systems

Varco Driller’s control andinstrumentation Console (VDC)The Varco driller’s control and instrumentation Console (VDC)consists of a torque meter, an RPM meter and various switchesand indicator lights. The basic TDS control functions are:

❏ Link tilt

❏ Remotely controlled upper IBOP valve

❏ Motor brake

❏ Motor spin-torque control

❏ Makeup torque limit

❏ Transfer switch (TDS/ROT)

The existing rotary table controls adjust motor speed, torque anddirection while drilling. A typical VDC also contains indicatorlights for determining the status of:

❏ The brake

❏ The remotely controlled upper IBOP valve

❏ The oil pump

❏ Blower pressure loss

❏ Cooling air temperature

❏ The purge system(s)

Optional controls and status indicator lights are available. Referto Engineering Drawing 98952 for VDC configurations.

Page 65: D811000252-MAN-001

March 8, 2001

1-54 TDS-4S Description

Transfer control panelThe TDS operates from the same SCR as the rotary table.The Transfer control panel switches power between them.This electrical enclosure contains the DC contacts, theprogrammable controller, the auxiliary AC componentsand the rig instrumentation interfaces for recording torqueand speed of the TDS.

The DC power cables running from the SCR to the rotary tablemotor are disconnected from the rotary table and connect to thetransfer panel. New cables run from the TP to the rotary tablemotor and to the racking board junction boxes for the TDS.

The transfer panel has a purge control system for use in ahazardous area (Zone 2 or Class 1, Div. 2). If the panel is in theSCR room, a purge system is not required.

The panel is compatible with all currently installed SCR systemsand is configured at installation for the SCR it will control. Logicand alarm functions are connected to the TDS by programmingthe transfer panel’s Programmable Logic Controller (PLC) tooperate the rig’s existing systems. Similarly, TDS interlocks andlimits, such as spin-up and makeup speeds, are programmed intothe PLC and are the same for all installations.

Purge control systemThe transfer panel, VDC, and TDS closed loop cooling systemhave separate purge systems. All systems provide positive internalpressure to prevent hazardous gases from entering areas ofpotential ignition in Zone 2 or Class 1, Div. 2 hazardous areas.

Pressure switches in the protection units monitor the pressure andprovide an alarm signal in the event of purge pressure loss.

Prior to starting an unpurged system, the purge control unitpurges the system for a specific time interval sufficient to removeany trapped hazardous gas. Status lights on the VDC indicate tothe driller correct purge pressure, loss of purge and systempurging. If purge pressure loss alarms and indicators are ignoredfor a preset time interval, the isolation unit can be set to shutdown the TDS.

Page 66: D811000252-MAN-001

TDS-4S Description 1-55

Service loops

The service loops transfer the required electric and fluid servicesbetween the derrick service standpipes and junction boxes, andthe corresponding junction boxes and fluid connections locatedon the TDS. There are two kinds of loops: one containing theelectric cables, and one containing air, hydraulic and water lines(water lines included only on units with a closed loop coolingsystem).

The power electrical loop contains four 646 MCM DC powercables, one 2/0 AWG drilling motor ground cable. The otherelectrical service loop contains a composite cable consisting of:

❏ 26 14 AWG conductors for auxiliary features

❏ 4 8 AWG conductors for blower motor

❏ 2 5 AWG conductors for series motor field supply

❏ 2 14 AWG shielded pairs for the RPM pickup signal

The power and ground cables are spiral wound and potted insidea protective cover with 7 1/2 in. mounting flanges at each end.

The composit cable is pathed in its own smaller service loop. Thisallows for easy changeout of either the power loop or thecomposit loop in the event of a failure.

The TDS can use optional dual electrical service loops in order tomeet certain regulatory agency requirements for power cablecurrent carrying capacity.

The fluids loop can consists of any combination of the following:

❏ 3 3/4 in. diameter hoses for hydraulic supplies(one is a spare)

❏ 2 1/2 in. diameter hoses for air supply (one is a spare)

❏ 1 1 in. diameter hoses for purge supply

❏ 2 1 1/4 in. diameter hoses for cooling water(closed loop cooling systems only)

❏ 2 1 in. diameter hoses for retract cylinder supply and return

❏ Additional 7-conductor, 20 AWG cables as required

Page 67: D811000252-MAN-001

March 8, 2001

1-56 TDS-4S Description

Derrick electrical termination kit

This kit consists of all the necessary electrical junction boxesattached to a bulkhead mounting plate, which is then mounted inthe derrick to connect the rig electric supplies to the service loop.

There are several J-box configurations, depending upon whichelectrical system is ordered. Each configuration complies withspecific electrical codes and regulatory agency requirementsthroughout the world.

Page 68: D811000252-MAN-001

TDS-4S Description 1-57

Auxiliary equipment

Auxiliary equipment is compatible with all TDS models. All ofthe equipment is selected or adapted for your specific rig. Below isa list of auxiliary equipment available:

❏ Master bushing ID wear guide

❏ Swiveling drill collar dolly

❏ Wireline adapter

❏ Crown height indicator

❏ Driller’s recorder tranducer kit

Page 69: D811000252-MAN-001

March 8, 2001

1-58 TDS-4S Description

Master bushing ID wear guideThe master bushing ID wear guide centers the rotating drillstring and protects the master bushing while drilling ahead(Figure 1-26). It hinges open for removal or when settingmanual slips. The bushings can be changed out to accomodatedifferent size drill pipe.

Figure 1-26. Master bushing ID wear guide

Page 70: D811000252-MAN-001

TDS-4S Description 1-59

Swiveling drill collar dollyThe swiveling drill collar dolly (Figure 1-27) allows the drill collarelevators to turn freely when handling bottom hole assemblies.The drill collar dolly’s upset, which latches in the standard drillpipe elevator, mounts on a bearing which allows it to swivel evenunder load. A shoulder elevator is suspended from the“perfection” links (or a second drill pipe elevator if lifting subs areused). The collars can be walked in or out with the elevatorturning on the drill collar dolly.

100 TONVARCO ��

������ ��

������

A

A

Drill PipeElevator

Drill CollarDolly

PerfectionLinks (36")

SquareShoulderElevator

LiftingSub

DrillCollar8 in.

View A - A

91 in.

37 in.

Figure 1-27. Swiveling drill collar dolly

Page 71: D811000252-MAN-001

March 8, 2001

1-60 TDS-4S Description

Wireline adapterThe wireline adapter (Figures 1-28 and 1-29) attaches to thepipehandler and prevents wireline from interfering and damagingpipe and TDS components. It can be used with a lubricator heldin the elevators by using 180 in. casing elevator links.

Typical Section through Sheave

42.52 in.

23.1 in.

26.0 in.

Figure 1-28. Typical PH-85 wireline adapter

Page 72: D811000252-MAN-001

TDS-4S Description 1-61

View A-A

View A-ATop Drive

Torque Wrench

Torque Wrench Guard(remove for installation)

20 in. Dia.Sheave

To Mud Manifold

Elevator Links(180 in. or longer-

Customer furnished)

Wireline Adapter installs inplace of Torque Wrench

Guard using existing Pins

9/16 in. Max.Wire Rope Dia.

Elevator Links(180 in. long-

Customer furnished)

Lubricator

Figure 1-29. Typical PH-60d wireline adapter

Page 73: D811000252-MAN-001

March 8, 2001

1-62 TDS-4S Description

Crown height indicatorThe crown height position indicator is a self-contained electronicinstrument which determines the position of the travelingequipment with respect to the derrick crown. The system containsfour major subassemblies:

❏ A metal target typically located on the Varco block dollyassembly

❏ Two hinged sensor bracket assemblies located on the rear ofthe guide track

❏ A sensor junction box located in the derrick near the abovebracket assemblies

❏ A crown height indicator control box, or an integral controlin the driller’s control and instrumentation console

The Crown Height Indicator Control (CHIC) control box(Figure 1-30) contains three indicator lights and an electronicprinted circuit board. Two of the indicators display the positionof the top of the traveling equipment relative to the crown. Thethird indicator displays system power status.

The yellow indicator on the CHIC control box illuminates whenthe top of the traveling equipment is within ten feet of the crown.The red indicator illuminates when the traveling equipment iswithin five feet of the crown. When the traveling equipment iswithin two feet of the crown both indicators flash alternately. Thegreen indicator illuminates when correct DC system power isavailable. This indicator also contains a push-to-test button whichsimulates the 2 ft. position.

The integral crown height indicator controls on the VDC areidentical to the separate control box.

Page 74: D811000252-MAN-001

TDS-4S Description 1-63

IBOPCLOSE

BRAKEON

BRAKEOFF ON

IBOPCLOSE OPEN

TORQ. WRENCHPUSH & PULL

LINK TILTOFF ON

CROWN CLEARANCE2 FEET WHEN FLASHING

5 FEET

10 FEET

ACTIVE/TEST

IBOPCLOSE

BRAKEON

BRAKEOFF ON

IBOPCLOSE OPEN

TORQ. WRENCHPUSH & PULL

LINK TILTOFF ON

CROWN CLEARANCE2 FEET

WHEN FLASHING

5 FEET

10 FEET

R

Y

G

ACTIVE/TEST

G

Y

R

Integrated Controls

Purge Air outto Protection Unit

VDCIndependent

Controls

Purge Air in

Figure 1-30. Typical CHIC control box

Page 75: D811000252-MAN-001

March 8, 2001

1-64 TDS-4S Description

Page 76: D811000252-MAN-001

TDS-4S Description 1-65

Chapter 3

Specifications

Drilling motorHorsepower: 1,100

Maximum stall time at full power is generally about 10 seconds.Refer to the Operation book for details.

Main gearbox lube systemProvides lubrication to both the primary gear set and swivelbearing. It includes explosion proof 5 hp AC motor/pumpcombination, filter/strainer, pressure loss sensor, and oil level sightglass. The TDS-4S main gearbox lube system holds approximately20 gallons (refer to the Maintenance and Troubleshooting book fordetails on oil capacity and adding oil to the gearbox).

Page 77: D811000252-MAN-001

March 8, 2001

1-66 TDS-4S Description

Cooling systems

Local blower *Flow 3,200 cfm

Blower motor 20 hp

Typical voltage 220/460 VAC, 3-phase, 60 Hz

Speed 3,450 rpm

Spark arrestors Standard style, BASEEFAapproved type available

Derrick mounted remote blower *Flow 3,200 cfm

Blower motor 40 hp

Typical voltage 220/460 VAC, 3-phase, 60 Hz

Speed 3,450 rpm

Spark arrestors Standard style, BASEEFAapproved type available

* These systems include an additional oil cooler/heat exchangermounted on top of the gearcase on the TDS.

Closed loopFlow 3,200 cfm

Blower motor 20 hp

Typical voltage 220/460 VAC, 3-phase, 60 Hz

Speed 3,450 rpm

Heat exchanger 220,000 BTU/Hr.for GE motor

Cooling water supply 50 gpm at 250 foot head,measured at rig floor

Oil cooler 6 gpm

Max. inlet temp 90°F

Page 78: D811000252-MAN-001

TDS-4S Description 1-67

Guide dolliesStandard rail setback 30, 39 or 48 in.(Wellcenter to centerline of rails)

Standard rail spacing 62, 66 or 72 in.(Centerline of rails)

Recommended rail sizes W12x53 (land masts),or W14x74, W14x90

Roller size 6 in. flange and 6 in. side

Frame material ASTM A-500/A-36 steelor equivalent

PipehandlerBreak-out torque PH-85 and PH-85H = 85,000 ft lb

PH-60d = 60,000 ft lb

Hydraulic pressure 2,000 psi maximum

Hydraulic flow 30 to 35 gpm

Air pressure 90 psi minimum

Page 79: D811000252-MAN-001

March 8, 2001

1-68 TDS-4S Description

Service loop kits

Power loop (non-regulated areas)646 mcm 4 (each)

Standard length 86 ft. (flange to flange)

Diameter 5 in. ID SAE 100-R2hose outer jacket

Power cable voltage 2,000 maximum (each)

Ground cable 2/0 conductor tinned copperground

Control composite loop26 conductor, 14 guage

4 conductor, 8 guage

2 pair, 14 guage twisted and shielded

2 conductor, 5 guage

1 pair, 6 gauge twisted and shielded

Page 80: D811000252-MAN-001

TDS-4S Description 1-69

Fluid loop

z Not all hoses are required for all configurations.

Overall length of assembly 86 ft. (flange to flange)

Hydraulic pressure or return hose (3 total)

Size 3/4 in. ID, SAE 100-R9

Maximum working pressure 3,000 psi

Air supply hose (2 each)

Size 1/2 in. ID, SAE 100-R2

Working pressure 150 psi

Maximum working pressure 3,500 psi

Purge air supply hose (2 each)

Size 1 in. ID, SAE 100-R2

Working pressure 150 psi

Maximum working pressure 2,000 psi

Water hose (2)

Size 1 1/4 in. ID, SAE 100-R2

Working pressure 150 psi

Maximum working pressure 1,625 psi

Retract hoses (2)

Size 1 in. ID, SAE 100-R2

Maximum working pressure 3,000 psi

Page 81: D811000252-MAN-001

March 8, 2001

1-70 TDS-4S Description

Electrical equipment accessories

API Class I, Division II -N.E.C.Derrick J-boxes (2 each) Cast aluminum,

explosion proof

Motor J-boxes (2 each) Cast aluminum,explosion proof

Solenoid valves (6 each) 1/2 in., 4-way, 2 position

Pressure switches (2 each) 6 in. of H2O sensor

Motor space heaters (2 each) 2 - 200 watt, 110 volt

VDC/instrument kit Various switches

Torque meter (0 - 1,500 Amps)

RPM meter (0 - 350 rpm)

European standard zone 2 area-EExdDerrick J-boxes (2 each) Stainless steel

Motor J-boxes (2 each) Stainless steel

Solenoid valves (6 each) 1/2 in., 4-way, 2 position

Pressure switches (2 each) 6 in. of H2O sensor

Motor space heaters (2 each) 2 - 200 watt, 220 volt

Page 82: D811000252-MAN-001

TDS-4S Description 1-71

TDS-4S TOP DRIVE DRILLING SYSTEM

TO

RQ

UE

, CO

NT

INU

OU

S (

ft lb

)

Drill Pipe Torque Vs. Speed GE 752 High Torque Series Motor

HIGH GEAR

40,000

35,000

30,000

25,000

20,000

15,000

10,000

5,000

0

0

RPM

LOW GEAR

50 100 150 200 250 300

45,000

120 190

50,000

55,000

50,900

32,500

1,130 HP LIMIT

1,130 HP LIMIT

160 RPM

60,000

58,200 INTERMITTENT

CONTINUOUS

CONTINUOUS TORQUE VALUES ARE BASED ON 1250 ARMATURE AMPSINTERMITTENT TORQUE VALUES ARE BASED ON STALL AT 1400 AMPS WITH A 7 SEC. MAX. DURATION

37,200 INTERMITTENT

CONTINUOUS

JUNE 3, 1991 A.N.

12,000 ft lb

5,000 ft lb

Page 83: D811000252-MAN-001

March 8, 2001

1-72 TDS-4S Description

TDS-4S TOP DRIVE DRILLING SYSTEM

40,000

35,000

30,000

25,000

20,000

15,000

10,000

5,000

0

0

RPM50 100 150 200 250 300

45,000

50,000

Drill Pipe Torque Vs. Speed GE 752 High Torque Shunt Motor

130 RPM

TO

RQ

UE

, CO

NT

INU

OU

S (

ft lb

)

55,000

50,100INTERMITTENT

LOW GEAR45,500

HIGH GEAR

Reduced FieldRequired in this Area

29,100 CONTINUOUS

CONTINUOUS

Continuous Torque Values are based on 1250 Armature Amps.Intermittent Torque Values are based on stall at 1400 Amps with a 7 second maximum duration.

Reduced Field area is based on a 30 Amps Field.

205 RPM

32,000 INTERMITTENT

Page 84: D811000252-MAN-001

TDS-4S

Top DriveDrillingSystem

Installation andCommissioning

SM00620-2

Page 85: D811000252-MAN-001

October 20, 1998

2-2 TDS-4S Installation and Commissioning

Page 86: D811000252-MAN-001

TDS-4S Installation and Commissioning 2-3

Contents

Preface/Manual conventionsSafety information ........................................................... 2-5Directional references ...................................................... 2-6Manual layout.................................................................. 2-6

Chapter 1 PreparationPreinstallation checklist .................................................... 2-7

Chapter 2 InstallationDerrick electrical termination kit ..................................... 2-9

Installation ................................................................. 2-9Wiring ..................................................................... 2-13

Plumbing ....................................................................... 2-15Hydraulic ................................................................. 2-15Air ........................................................................... 2-15Water ....................................................................... 2-15

Rig-up procedure ........................................................... 2-16Counterbalance system .................................................. 2-21Motor alignment cylinder system ................................... 2-22Driller’s controls and instrumentation ........................... 2-23

Varco Driller’s Console (VDC)................................ 2-23Throttle and torque limit controls ........................... 2-23Wiring ..................................................................... 2-23

Service loops .................................................................. 2-24Installation ............................................................... 2-24

Electrical loop .................................................... 2-25Fluids loop ......................................................... 2-25

Air loop ....................................................... 2-26Retract loop ....................................................... 2-27

Chapter 3 CommissioningCheckout procedures ..................................................... 2-29Long term TDS storage procedures................................ 2-32Returning the TDS to service after storage ..................... 2-33

Page 87: D811000252-MAN-001

October 20, 1998

2-4 TDS-4S Installation and Commissioning

Page 88: D811000252-MAN-001

TDS-4S Installation and Commissioning 2-5

Preface

Manual conventions

Safety information

Information pertaining to possible personnel injury andequipment damage appears throughout this manual and isformatted to draw the reader’s attention to importantinformation, a warning, or a caution note. See the examplesbelow and pay close attention to these important advisories.

z Indicates advisories for operational or servicing proceduresinvolving little or no risk of personnel injury or equipmentdamage.

e Indicates advisories involving a risk of equipment damage.

n Indicates advisories involving a definite risk of injury to rigpersonnel.

Avoid personnel injury and equipment damage by reading thismanual and related documents before operating, inspecting, orservicing the equipment.

Page 89: D811000252-MAN-001

October 20, 1998

2-6 TDS-4S Installation and Commissioning

Directional references

References to the right or left and front or back of componentsdescribed in this manual assume the perspective of the Top DriveDrilling System (TDS-4S), standing behind the TDS-4S as itfaces well center.

Manual layout

This binder contains several separate books that you can removeindividually for convenience.

Page 90: D811000252-MAN-001

TDS-4S Installation and Commissioning 2-7

Chapter 1

Preparation

Preinstallation checklist

The following assumes that all preinstallation planning and rig-uphas been accomplished prior to installation of the TDS. Thisincludes:

1. Guide rails and bracing are installed and inspected toconform to Varco specification and installation tolerances(Figures 2-1, 2-2, and 2-3).

2. Stops are ready for installation at the bottom of the rails.

3. Hydraulic and air standpipes are installed in the derrick,flushed clean, and pressure tested. Water piping is installed,flushed, and pressure tested as well for configurations withclosed loop cooling systems.

4. All electronics are installed up to the derrick junction box:DC power leads, AC leads for blower motor, and control/alarm signals.

5. The transfer panel is installed.

6. Rigging of the tong lines, etc. are inspected to ensure thatthey will not foul with the TDS and other rig equipment.

Page 91: D811000252-MAN-001

October 20, 1998

2-8 TDS-4S Installation and Commissioning

Page 92: D811000252-MAN-001

TDS-4S Installation and Commissioning 2-9

Chapter 2

Installation

Derrick electrical termination kit

InstallationRefer to Figures 2-1, 2-2, and 2-3 for typical mountingdimensions of the plate assembly. Mount it at racking boardheight within 15 ft. of the service loop support bracket.Remember to provide convenient access for wiring andmaintenance.

Usually, mounting the plate so that the J-box is four to five feetabove the walk-around and near the service loop support bracketis adequate. If a walk-around does not exist, then construct awork platform to allow access to the J-boxes. Manufactureappropriate brackets and clamps to attach the plate to the derrickstructure.

Page 93: D811000252-MAN-001

October 20, 1998

2-10 TDS-4S Installation and Commissioning

39 x 66 W14 x 9048 x 62 W14 x 9030 x 72 W12 x 9030 x 72 W14 x 90

3.33.33.32.3

001.60.5

RailSize

SpliceClear

DollyOverhang

Inches

GuideDolly

Config.

± 1/4 in.Over Full Length

± 3/8 in. Over Full Length± 1/8 in. Within 25 ft. of Floor

± 3/8 in. Over Full Length± 1/8 in. Within 25 ft. of Floor

C Well CenterL

LC Rail C Rail

LC Well Center

LC Rail LC Rail

Splice Plates or Bolts Are

Not Permissibleon InsideSurfaces of Beam

10 ft. 6 in. +0/-4 in.

Maximum Rail Support Spacing16 ft. for W12x53 Rails25 ft. for W14x74 Rails

Nearest Girt

Guide Rails

C Well Center

Drill Floor

6" Rail Stop

TDS Back

L

SpliceClearance

Operational Clearance Between Top DriveAnd Nearest Girt or Fastline Should Be 3 in. Minimum

Dolly Overhang

L

Figure 2-1. General rail installation data

Page 94: D811000252-MAN-001

TDS-4S Installation and Commissioning 2-11

10 ft. 6 in.+0/-4 in. 7 ft. Ref

73 ft. Mud HoseConnection

Typical Equipment Stack-Up

* Customer Supplied** Varco Supplied

InstrumentJ-Box **

Motor J-Box **36.0 in.

36.0 in.

Control Service Loop**

Electrical Service Loop**

Fluids Service Loop**

48.0 in.

800 lb Load

5500 lb Load

18.0 in.

Ele

ctric

al S

uppl

y*

Must Support4,000 lb

View A-A

Typical ServiceLoop Termination

Gussets *

Existing Girt *

View B-B

HydraulicStandpipesTo Be 1 1/2 in.Sch 80 Pipe*

Air StandpipesTo Be 1 1/2 in.Sch 40 Pipe*

Water StandpipesTo Be 2 in. Sch 40 Pipe*

Clearance Hole For.75 in. Dia. Bolt (4 Places)

Filter/RegulatorLubrication Assembly**

Service LoopBracket**

75 ft.MudHoseRef

B

B

86 ft.ServiceLoops

83 ft. Hydraulic, Air and WaterStandpipe Height and

Service Loop Bracket Location

A

A

Figure 2-2. Derrick services/general installation data

Page 95: D811000252-MAN-001

October 20, 1998

2-12 TDS-4S Installation and Commissioning

L

L

L

L

Rail Loading while Drilling - 38,000 ft lb for TDS-3S, 60,000 ft lb for TDS-4S, 68,000 ft lb for TDS-6S,34,000 ft lb for TDS-7S and 62,250 ft lb for TDS-8S.

Rail Spacing TDS-3S TDS-4S, TDS-8S

Load L - lb

39 in. x 66 in. 3450

TDS-6S

--

48 in. x 62 in. 3680 --

30 in. x 72 in. 3170 --

--91/101 in. x 108 in. --

5450

5800

5000

3330

3090

3290

2840

3780

TDS-7S

P

P

Rail Loading with TDS in Setback position

Rail Spacing

39 in. x 66 in.

48 in. x 62 in.

30 in. x 72 in.

TDS-3S TDS-4S, TDS-8S

Load P - lb

18,600

18,600

17,500

18,900

18,900

17,800

Rail Stops

42,600 lb for a typical TDS-3S48,000 lb for a typical TDS-4S52,000 lb for a typical TDS-7S48,000 lb for a typical TDS-8S

Motor FrameSetback

Rails

9 ft. 3 in. TDS-3S10 ft. 3 in. TDS-4S,

TDS-8S 7 ft. TDS-3S8 ft. TDS-4S,

TDS-6S, TDS-8S

Figure 2-3. General installation data

Page 96: D811000252-MAN-001

TDS-4S Installation and Commissioning 2-13

WiringThe electrical installation requires routing power to the transferpanel and then to the TDS through the service loops (Figure 2-4).In addition, control cables are required between the service loop,the transfer panel, the SCR, the TDS Varco Driller’s Console(VDC), the SCR’s driller’s console, the hydraulic and waterpumps and the drilling recorder.

Transfer Panel

#12AWG/20C#10AWG/4C#14AWG/2 Pr Shld#6AWG/2C*Shunt Field

TopDrive

System

DerrickAC

J-Box

DerrickPowerJ-Box

Ser

vice

Loo

p

RotaryTable

#6AWG/2C*ExistingPowerCables

#14A

WG

/2 P

r S

hld

#12A

WG

/3C

#14A

WG

/37C

#12A

WG

/20C

#16A

WG

/10C

#12A

WG

/20C

#12A

WG

/20C

#10A

WG

/4C

#10A

WG

/4C

#6A

WG

/4C

#6A

WG

/4C

#12A

WG

/3C

#14A

WG

/2 P

r S

hld

#10AWG/4C

#16AWG/10C#16AWG/10C

#16A

WG

/10C

#16A

WG

/10C

#6AWG/2C*Shunt Field

#16AWG/10C

SCRRoom

ACPower

E/PTorq

E/PRPM

RBSControls

#12A

WG

/3C

TDSDriller’s Console

ExistingDriller’s Console

HYDPump

#1

HYDPump

#2WaterPump

#1

WaterPump

#2

(4)646MCM*

Figure 2-4. Typical cabling diagram

Page 97: D811000252-MAN-001

October 20, 1998

2-14 TDS-4S Installation and Commissioning

The cable requirements, depending on options selected are:

Cable Runs

646MCM (4 Shunt) SCR room to transfer panel

(8 Series) Transfer panel to derrick J-boxTransfer panel to rotary

#6AWG/2C (Shunt only) SCR Room to transfer panelTransfer panel to derrick J-boxTransfer panel to rotary

#6AWG/4C AC Power to hydraulic pumps

#10AWG/4C AC Power to water pumpsAC Power to transfer panelTransfer panel to derrick J-box

#12AWG/20C Transfer panel to existing driller’s consoleTransfer panel to derrick J-boxTransfer panel to hydraulic pumpsTransfer panel to water pumps

#12AWG/3C Transfer panel to RBS unitTransfer panel to VDCRBS unit to VDC

#14AWG/37C Transfer panel to VDC

#14AWG/2PR SHLD Transfer panel to derrick J-boxTransfer panel to VDCTransfer panel to drilling recorder

#16AWG/10C Transfer panel to SCR consoleTransfer panel to SCR roomHydraulic pumps to transfer panelWater pumps to transfer panel

Purge control system (not shown)

#12AWG/3C Purge control unit to transfer panelIsolation unit to floor air control unitTransfer panel protection unit to isolation unit

#16AWG/10C Purge control unit to transfer panelVDC protection unit to isolation unit

#14AWG/2PR SHLD Transfer panel to derrick J-box

Terminate the J-boxes per the electrical schematic. Followapplicable electrical codes during installation. Cable glands areprovided for the service loop cables. Cable glands for theincoming power, control and signal cables are not provided.

Page 98: D811000252-MAN-001

TDS-4S Installation and Commissioning 2-15

Plumbing

The plumbing connections should terminate near the service loopbracket. The mating halves are preassembled on the service loop.Specifications for specific lines are described in the followingsections.

HydraulicHydraulic lines should be cleaned and pickled, black pipe lines(one pressure and one return) 1 1/2 or 2 in. schedule 80 pipe.Install shut-off valves at the drill floor or racking board level. Thederrick connections are reduced to 1 in. NPT female pressure andfluid return for connection to the service loop.

AirAir lines should be schedule 40, 1 or 1 1/2 in. pipe in the case ofthe purge supply for the TDS. Install a shut-off valve at drill flooror racking board level. The air lines connect to the filtered andlubricated supply. The derrick connections are reduced to 1 in.NPT female for the purge line (if required) and 1/2 in. for the airline in order for the fluids service loop to match.

z Do not connect purge air lines to the lubricator. Only use clean,dry air in the purge air system.

WaterThe two cooling lines should be schedule 40, 2 in. pipe. Installshut-off valves at the drill floor or racking board level. See thecooling system specifications for water supply requirements. Thederrick connections are reduced to 1 1/4 in. NPT female pressureand return for connection to the fluids service loop.

Page 99: D811000252-MAN-001

October 20, 1998

2-16 TDS-4S Installation and Commissioning

Rig-up procedure

z Refer to the engineering drawings to install the TDS.

1. Using four lift slings from the crane, one attached at eachcorner of the guide dolly, lift the TDS motor and dollyassembly to the V-door.

2. Attach the lifting slings from the hook or block to the padeyes located at the swivel end of the motor support bonnetand lift the TDS into the guide rails. The slings must be aminimum of 15 ft. long (equal length) and capable of lifting40,000 lb combined. (BOP stack lift slings are usuallyadequate.)

z On some configurations it may be necessary to remove the upperroller brackets from the dolly to allow the unit to engage theguide rails.

3. Once the TDS is fully engaged on the guide rails, install thestops at the bottom of the guide rails and lower the TDS ontothe stops.

4. Slide the link adapter onto the drive stem and support it upagainst the rotating head with adequate rigging and an airwinch. Be certain that the link tilt mounting bosses areopposite from the torque wrench mounting clevis on therotating head.

5. Slide the landing collar retainer onto the drive stem as shownin Figure 2-5. Install the O-ring in the uppermost groove onthe stem. Load the O-ring and remaining grooves with awaterproof grease. Place the split landing collar around thegrooves of the drive stem, and drive in the remaining roll pin.Grease the OD liberally. Wipe off excess grease.

6. Use the installation procedure in the IBOP Service Manual toinstall the pipehandler assembly.

7. Use the pipehandler to tighten the connection between thelower IBOP/saver sub assembly to the upper IBOP.

Page 100: D811000252-MAN-001

TDS-4S Installation and Commissioning 2-17

Drive Stem

Safety Link (4)

Roll Pin (4)

Split LandingCollar (2)

O-Ring

Figure 2-5. Installing the landing collar

8. Use the four bolts, lock washers and safety wire provided toinstall this assembly to the link adapter. Connect the oppositeend of the hose to the quick disconnect on the rotating headassembly.

9. Install the elevator links and drill pipe elevator. Attach thelink tilt clamps to the bails (U-bolts on the inside). Thereshould be about 1/2 in. slack in the chains.

Page 101: D811000252-MAN-001

October 20, 1998

2-18 TDS-4S Installation and Commissioning

10. Install the counterbalance system as illustrated in Figure 2-6.When using chain, use the following procedure to determinethe chain length required:

a. Install pear links to ears on hook-block.

b. With the hook supporting the TDS, measure the distancefrom the point of contact inside the pear link to the topof the mounting lug on the integrated swivel bail.

c. Subtract 37 1/4 in. from the measurement in step b.

d. Cut the chain to the length obtained in step c.The tolerance is: +3 1/4 in. or -0 in.

e. Assemble remaining components and install perFigures 2-6 and 2-7.

11. Attach the service loops to the bracket on the TDS dollyframe. Using the cable clamps provided on the motor supportbonnet, route the electrical cables over the gear box and intothe J-boxes. The front guard folds down for access to the J-boxes.

Use the electrical schematic (refer to the engineeringdrawings) to make the connections. Be certain that the cablesare securely tied or clamped to the structure along theirlength. Route the hoses to the bulkhead and plug in the quickdisconnects. Follow the stamped code numbers to confirmeach type, and identify spares.

12. Attach the S-tube to the swivel gooseneck and the side of themotor frame as follows:

a. Make up the upper union just before clamping theS-tube to the side of the motor frame.

b. Install the drill pipe rubber onto the S-tube aligned withthe mounting saddle on the frame.

c. Attach the mud hose to the bottom connection of theS-tube.

d. Position the 20° S-tube elbow on the bottom of theS-tube to adjust the hanging direction of mud hose.

13. Remove the exhaust duct shipping covers from the sparkarrestors on the air exhaust duct at each side of the DCmotor. Save the covers for use during future shipping orstorage.

Page 102: D811000252-MAN-001

TDS-4S Installation and Commissioning 2-19

ConnectingLink

CounterbalanceManifold

(On Guide Dolly)

Pear Link

HydraulicAccumulator

(Inside Motor Frame)

CounterbalanceCylinder Assembly

(2)

Motor Frameand Guide Dolly

Assembly

IntegratedSwivel Bail

Counterbalance Lug(Bolted to Bail)

Figure 2-6. Typical counterbalance assembly

Page 103: D811000252-MAN-001

October 20, 1998

2-20 TDS-4S Installation and Commissioning

Guide Assembly

Hose Assemblies

Swivel BailCounterbalanceOperation Switch

Hydraulic Accumulator(Inside Dolly Tube)

Cylinder Assembly

Loop Assembly

Figure 2-7. Optional counterbalance assembly with parking system

n Never operate the top drive with the exhaust duct coversattached to the spark arrestors on the air exhaust ducts.Doing so severely restricts air flow through the motor, causingoverheating and potential damage. They can also fall offduring operation and injure personnel working below.Attach the covers only during shipping and storage.

Page 104: D811000252-MAN-001

TDS-4S Installation and Commissioning 2-21

Counterbalance system

Figures 2-6 and 2-7 illustrates the installation arrangement forthis system. Please see the Maintenance and Troubleshooting bookfor the adjustment procedures.

This assembly is pre-charged when it is shipped by land or watertransport. When this assembly is shipped by air freight, it must bepre-charged according to the instructions in the Maintenance andTroubleshooting book.

Page 105: D811000252-MAN-001

October 20, 1998

2-22 TDS-4S Installation and Commissioning

Motor alignment cylinder system

Figure 2-8 shows the motor alignment cylinder installed on atypical motor frame.

The split shipping brace, shown exploded from the cylinder rod,is only removed after unit is fully installed. If the brace is removedbefore the hydraulic system is powered, the motor will tend torotate on its trunnions.

If the cylinder is removed for service, use the three bleed holes(located along the top of the cylinder barrel) to remove trappedair from the cylinder before operating the unit. Refer to theMaintenance and Troubleshooting book for the adjustmentprocedure.

Motor AlignmentCylinder

MotorFrame Dolly (Ref)

ShippingBrace

Figure 2-8. Motor alignment cylinder

Page 106: D811000252-MAN-001

TDS-4S Installation and Commissioning 2-23

Driller’s controls and instrumentation

The controls and instrumentation described in the followingsections are, or must be, supplied for operation of the TDSsystem.

Varco Driller’s Console (VDC)Mount the VDC within easy reach and in plain view of the drillerwhile he is operating the drawworks brake and clutches. Thegauges must be easily seen by the driller during drillingoperations. Provide appropriate cable glands for the electriccables.

Throttle and torque limit controlsThe throttle and torque limit controls are the standard controlsused for the independent rotary drive table. If not using anindependent rotary drive, then these controls must be added bythe SCR manufacturer.

WiringRefer to the electrical schematics in the engineering drawings.

n Customers who choose to use control systems not manufacturedby Varco should be aware that Varco systems are specificallydesigned with operational interlocks and safety devices toprevent possible injury to personnel or damage to the system.Other systems must meet Varco requirements. Varco highlyrecommends the use of its system as it is specifically made foruse with the TDS.

Page 107: D811000252-MAN-001

October 20, 1998

2-24 TDS-4S Installation and Commissioning

Service loops

InstallationInstall the service loops as follows:

1. Fabricate the appropriate brackets and clamps to attach theservice loop mounting bracket to the derrick structure.

2. Place the service loop derrick mounting bracket at the heightspecified on the derrick interface drawing provided in theengineering drawings. Locate the bracket on the side of thederrick adjacent to the hinges on the TDS and as far aspractical toward the corner where the guide rail bracing isattached. The bracket must be located far enough from thecorner to insure the loops do not catch under the guide railsduring operations, but far enough back to provide clearancefor tong lines, the stabbing board, tugger lines, etc.

3. Do not unpack the service loops from the shipping protectivecrate until they are ready to hang in the derrick. Lift theservice loops onto the rig floor (still in the crates) and thenremove them from the crates with the lifting eyes provided.

e Use care in lifting gear rigging so as not to damage electricalconductors. Use lifting eyes only. Do not bend the service loops tighterthan a three foot bend radius. Tighter bends damage the loops.

4. Attach a sling to the TDS end of the service loop and liftusing the lifting eyes only. Allow enough room for the 86 ft.service loop to hang and untwist.

5. Use the lifting eyes to pull the derrick end of the loopthrough the V-door and attach it to the air tugger. Hoist thisend of the loop into the derrick while slacking off at the craneend. Do not drag the loop on any sharp areas on the derrick.Disconnect the crane from the sling and continue hoisting theloop into the derrick.

6. Check that the derrick end of the loop is hanging toward thecrown. Attach the derrick end to the derrick service loop bracketand hold in place with flange clamps (Figures 2-2).

Page 108: D811000252-MAN-001

TDS-4S Installation and Commissioning 2-25

7. Pick up the TDS end of the loops and attach them to theservice loop bracket at the bottom of the motor frame.

8. Complete the terminations of the two loops as outlined in thefollowing sections.

Electrical loop1. Connect the pre-terminated wire ends at the motor J-boxes

using the appropriate glands. Refer to the electrical schematicprovided to ensure proper terminal block assignments.

2 Cut wires and cables to length and terminate them at thederrick end to attach them to the derrick J-boxes.

Terminal ends and lugs are supplied, but proper assemblyequipment (crimping pliers, wire strippers, and hydraulic crimperfor the DC power lugs with the correct dies for the cable) must beprovided by the installer. Installation practices should complywith applicable electrical codes (i.e., NEC, etc.).

Fluids loop1. Before connecting the hoses from the service loop, be certain

that the service stand pipes have been flushed free of anycontamination.

z Use only 10 wt. hydraulic oil or non-detergent motor oil as alubricant in the air system. Use of any other type of oil (i.e., MarvelMystery Oil, etc.) or synthetic additive will cause the seals in the airvalves to swell and cease to function.

2. Plug the quick disconnects into the appropriate mating endon the TDS. The quick disconnects are arranged to connectonly one way so that the hoses cannot be mixed up. Thehydraulic and air lines are identification stamped at both endsso they can be verified and connected properly.

An assortment of pipe fittings are supplied with thetermination kit to attach the fluid service loop hoses to thetop of the standpipes in the derrick (Figure 2-2).

Page 109: D811000252-MAN-001

October 20, 1998

2-26 TDS-4S Installation and Commissioning

3. Connect the service loop to the standpipes, noting the codes(i.e., A for air, H for hydraulic, etc.) to separate the hoses.

z The hoses in the fluids loop only extend 11 ft. from themounting bracket. It may be necessary to make jumper hoses toreach the standpipes.

Air loop

e To reduce the possibility of accidental opening of the air-operatedelevator, attach the airlines from the air-operated elevators to thespare port S1 on the rotating head whenever possible. Port S1 islocated next to the hydraulic return port in the rotating head.Port S2 is next to the hydraulic press port.

Install a pressure relief valve on the elevator and set at 200 psi.

Page 110: D811000252-MAN-001

TDS-4S Installation and Commissioning 2-27

Retract loopIf your rig is equipped with a retract guide dolly, attach the retractloop to the derrick mounting brackets as follows:

z There are four separate service loops needed for a TDS withretractable dollies: two electrical loops, a fluids loop, and a retractsystem loop. The electrical and fluids service loops attach to thederrick service loop mounting bracket, the retract loop attaches tothe retract system service loop bracket.

1. Lift the crate containing the retract system service loop ontothe rig floor.

2. Uncrate the service loop.

3. Attach an air winch to the lifting eyes on the derrick end(derrick end has 8 ft. of hose extending beyond the flange)and hoist to the retract system mounting bracket.

4. Attach the service loop flange to the mounting bracket withthe hardware provided. Ensure that the service loop hangsstraight in the derrick without any twists or kinks.

e Use only 10 wt. hydraulic oil or non-detergent motor oil as alubricant in the air system. Use of any other type of oil (i.e. MarvelMystery Oil, etc.) or synthetic additive will cause the seals in the airvalves to swell and cease to function.

5. Connect the retract service loop hydraulic and pneumatichoses to the derrick standpipes.

e Before connecting the hoses from the service loop, be certain that thestandpipes have been flushed free of any contamination.

Page 111: D811000252-MAN-001

October 20, 1998

2-28 TDS-4S Installation and Commissioning

Page 112: D811000252-MAN-001

TDS-4S Installation and Commissioning 2-29

Chapter 3

Commissioning

Checkout procedures1. Turn on the hydraulic and air power and check for leaks.

Repair as required.

2. Turn on the electric power (driller’s controls only).

3. Check the function of switches and solenoids. There is anaudible click when each solenoid is actuated.

4. Actuate the link tilt. Be sure that it operates smoothly and theelevator reaches a joint in the mousehole.

5. Adjust the intermediate stop so that the elevator clears themonkeyboard when actuated. Refer to the Maintenance andTroubleshooting book if a problem occurs.

6. Actuate the motor brake. There is a loud sound as the airescapes when the brake releases.

7. Move the Make/Break valve located on the manifold at the backof the pipehandler torque wrench to the BREAK position.

8. Turn on the hydraulic power supply and adjust the pressurereducing valve (also located on the torque wrench manifold)to the appropriate pressure for the lower IBOP connection.

Page 113: D811000252-MAN-001

October 20, 1998

2-30 TDS-4S Installation and Commissioning

9. Return the Make/Break valve to the MAKE position.

10. Torque the connection between the upper and lower IBOPvalves. The torque wrench automatic sequence is adjusted atthe factory, but be sure that it follows the proper sequence. Ifnecessary, refer to the Maintenance and Troubleshooting bookfor the adjustment procedure.

11. Push and hold the makeup button on the VDC a sufficientnumber of times to make up the connection.

12. Make up the lower IBOP to the saver sub.

13. Reset pressure to the appropriate setting for drill pipeconnections (you can preset the pressure with the Make/Breakvalve in the MAKE position).

14. Use the procedure outlined in the Maintenance andTroubleshooting book to adjust the safety valve actuatormechanism.

15. Actuate the IBOP valve. Verify that the stroke adjustment iscorrect and that no binding occurs.

e It is extremely important to verify that the stroke adjustment is correctand that no binding occurs as the valve will fail prematurely (washout) if it does not open and close fully.

16. Verify that the indicator light on the VDC lights up when theIBOP valve is closed.

17. Assign the TDS at the driller’s console and check that theblower operates.

18. Advance the throttle and be sure that the motor is operatingproperly in both directions.

19. Calibrate the Torque meter and RPM meter.

20. With the Hydraulic Power Unit (HPU) off, bleed down theTDS accumulators (HYD SIDE, not gas side).

21. Remove the split shipping brace (Figure 2-7) from the motoralignment cylinder.

22. Open the two flow control valves 1-1/2 turns off their seats.

23. Set a joint of drill pipe in the slips.

Page 114: D811000252-MAN-001

TDS-4S Installation and Commissioning 2-31

24. Bring the TDS down as if stabbing the saver sub into the box.The pin and box should be in alignment. If adjustment isnecessary, use the following procedure:

a. Measure how far and in what direction (toward or awayfrom the rails) the pin must move to line up with the drillpipe box.

b. Turn off the HPU and bleed down the cylinderaccumulator (open the needle valve on the back of themanifold). This allows the motor alignment cylinder torelax and the motor to rotate on its trunnions until theintegrated swivel bail contacts the motor support bonnet.

c. Loosen the lock tab and jam nut on the cylinder clevis.

d. With a wrench tightened on the cylinder rod flats, screwthe rod into or out of the clevis, in the same direction thesaver sub pin is to be moved.

e. Secure the jam nut and lock tab.

f. The nominal position of the two cylinder flow controlvalves is 1-1/2 turn off their seats. If you experience heavydrill pipe vibration, first attempt to control it with non-rotating stabilizers if the casing shoe is close to the surface.If motor movement becomes excessive due to continuedvibration, (more than 1/2 in. of total cylinder stroke)close the flow controls to 3/4 turn off their seats.

Page 115: D811000252-MAN-001

October 20, 1998

2-32 TDS-4S Installation and Commissioning

Long term TDS storage procedures

1. Palletize the main unit for indoor storage. A cargo container isappropriate for indoor/outdoor storage.

2. Avoid wide variations in temperature and high humidity. Thepreferred environment is clean and dry at 60°F ambient. Ifhigh humidity is unavoidable, 70°F is recommended.

3. All exposed unpainted metal surfaces are coated with a rustpreventive at the factory prior to shipment, however, checkthese surfaces periodically to be sure that no corrosion istaking place. The recommended rust preventive (slushingcompound) for bare metal surfaces is Kendall Grade 5(GE-D6C6A1) or equivalent.

4. Cover all openings to prevent water or dust from entering. Leaveenough space around the drilling motor to allow the machine tobreathe. Do not use silica gel or a dehydrating agent.

5. During storage, lubricant drains from the top half of the rollerbearings in the motor, allowing corrosion to take place on theexposed areas. In order to counteract this, rotate the motorand gear train periodically to distribute lubricant over the topof the bearings. Perform this at three month intervals if storedindoors, and at one month intervals if stored outdoors.

6. The drilling motor is equipped with AC space heaters inorder to keep the internal motor temperature above ambient,preventing condensation. Connect power to the space heatersat terminals 1 and 2 in the AC motor J-box (see electricalschematic in the back of this section for proper voltage).Be sure to reseal the protective covering after connection.

7. Megger the drilling motor armature and field (static voltage of1,000 VAC and 2 MOhm minimum) when placed intostorage and at three month intervals thereafter (one month ifstored outside). Keep a record of the readings, as a dropbetween readings indicates an increase in moisture in thewindings created by inadequate storage protection. If meggerreadings drop, bake the motor as soon as possible to restoreproper resistance and avoid further damage.

8. Varco recommends adding one gallon of Mobilarma 524 RustPreventive prior to shutdown. Or drain the oil and mix with arust preventive, then replace the oil, run the oil pump androtate motor to insure 100% coverage.

Page 116: D811000252-MAN-001

TDS-4S Installation and Commissioning 2-33

Returning the TDS to service after storage

Before placing the TDS back into service, verify the followingitems:

1. Remove all rust preventive and any corrosion that may havetaken place, taking special care with all load carryingcomponents.

2. Follow the procedure in the drilling motor service manual.To verify the condition of the motor, take note of thefollowing:

a. Blow out all dust and dirt that may have accumulated inthe windings with clean, dry air.

b. Visually inspect for spring corrosion, sticking brushes andgeneral defects.

c. Remove the brushes from holders, inspect and replacethem as necessary prior to operation.

d. Check the winding insulation continuity to ground witha 1,000 volt megger. If the reading is less than twoMOhms, bake the winding until the moisture content issufficiently reduced to produce an acceptable reading.

3. Perform a complete system test and adjustment as detailed inthe next section.

Page 117: D811000252-MAN-001

October 20, 1998

2-34 TDS-4S Installation and Commissioning

Page 118: D811000252-MAN-001

TDS-4S

Top DriveDrillingSystem

OperationSM00620-3

Page 119: D811000252-MAN-001

October 20, 1998

3-2 TDS-4S Operation

Page 120: D811000252-MAN-001

TDS-4S Operation 3-3

Contents

Preface/Manual conventionsSafety information ........................................................... 3-5Directional references ...................................................... 3-6Manual layout.................................................................. 3-6

Chapter 1 Operating proceduresStart-up procedure ........................................................... 3-7Stalling the DC motor ..................................................... 3-8Changing transmission speeds .......................................... 3-9Pipehandler operation .................................................... 3-11

Standard rotating head ............................................. 3-11Powered rotating head ............................................. 3-12

Controls ............................................................. 3-12ROTATING HEAD LEFT/RIGHT switch ..... 3-12AUTO STOP/FREE ROTATE switch ............ 3-12

Safety valves (IBOP) ................................................ 3-14Torque wrench ........................................................ 3-16Changing drill string sizes ........................................ 3-19

PH-85 ............................................................... 3-19PH-60d ............................................................. 3-19

Torque values for load carrying components ............ 3-20Drilling ahead ................................................................ 3-21

Drilling ahead with triples ....................................... 3-21Drilling ahead with singles ....................................... 3-24Drilling ahead on a semi .......................................... 3-26

Tripping ........................................................................ 3-28Reaming out .................................................................. 3-29Well control procedures ................................................. 3-31Running casing .............................................................. 3-32Handling bottom hole assemblies .................................. 3-32Post jarring operations ................................................... 3-34

Page 121: D811000252-MAN-001

October 20, 1998

3-4 TDS-4S Operation

Page 122: D811000252-MAN-001

TDS-4S Operation 3-5

Preface

Manual conventions

Safety information

Information pertaining to possible personnel injury andequipment damage appears throughout this manual and isformatted to draw the reader’s attention to importantinformation, a warning, or a caution note. See the examplesbelow and pay close attention to these important advisories.

z Indicates advisories for operational or servicing proceduresinvolving little or no risk of personnel injury or equipmentdamage.

e Indicates advisories involving a risk of equipment damage.

n Indicates advisories involving a definite risk of injury to rigpersonnel.

Avoid personnel injury and equipment damage by reading thismanual and related documents before operating, inspecting, orservicing the equipment.

Page 123: D811000252-MAN-001

October 20, 1998

3-6 TDS-4S Operation

Directional references

References to the right or left and front or back of componentsdescribed in this manual assume the perspective of the Top DriveDrilling System (TDS-4S), standing behind the TDS-4S as itfaces well center.

Manual layout

This binder contains several separate books that you can removeindividually for convenience.

Page 124: D811000252-MAN-001

TDS-4S Operation 3-7

Chapter 1

Operating procedures

Start-up procedure

Use the following procedure to start up the TDS:

1. Place the blower/oil pump switch in the AUTO position.

2. Place the hydraulic power unit (HPU) switch in the PLCposition.

3. Place the water pumps switch in the PLC position.

4. Place the motor space heater switch in the ON position.

5. Place the top drive/rotary table (TDS/ROT) lockout switchin the TDS position.

6. Assign a SCR.

Page 125: D811000252-MAN-001

October 20, 1998

3-8 TDS-4S Operation

Stalling the DC motor

e The brake on the top end of the TDS drilling motor armature shaft isa static, or parking brake. It is not a running or dynamic brake. It isnot intended to, nor is it capable of, slip-releasing the wind-up torquein the drill string. Using the brake to slip-release the drill stringwind-up torque causes the brake to heat up and can destroy the brakelining.

When the TDS motor brake holds the down-hole torque, Varcorecommends using the following procedure to safely release thetorque in the string:

1. Use the hand throttle to develop motor torque equal to thewind-up torque held by the parking brake.

2. Release the parking brake.

3. Reduce the drill current, reducing motor torque, as the drillstring slowly releases the wind-up torque.

4. Turn the hand throttle off and reset the drill current to thenormal operating position after the pipe unwinds completely.

e Do not leave the top drive DC motor stalled in a high torquecondition generally for more than 10 seconds (refer to the followingtable):

Amps Stall time (sec) Amps Stall time (sec)

280 240 900 25

470 90 1000 20

670 45 1200 15

820 30 1400 10

Page 126: D811000252-MAN-001

TDS-4S Operation 3-9

Changing transmission speeds

The transmission shifts gears by rotating two vertical compoundgear eccentric shafts (Figure 3-1). The two compound shafts (highand low) are supported between the main body and lower gearcase halves on heavy trunnions. As the shafts rotate (less than one-half turn), the compound gears go into or out of mesh with boththe motor pinion gear and the bull gear because the support shaftcenter axes are offset or eccentric.

To change transmission speeds, use a 1 in. wrench to turn the1 in. male hex, located on the well side of the guide dolly lowercross members at the bottom of the transmission case, to rotatethe input shaft. It takes five turns of the input shaft to unlockboth gear sets, rotate the engaged gear set to full disengagement,rotate the disengaged gear set into full engagement and lock bothgear sets in their proper positions with positive stops in the lockedposition. An external indicator shows the gear range selection.

An optional remote gear shifter is available. It allows the operatorto change gears simply by turning a switch to select the desiredgear. Refer to the Remote Gear Shifter Supplement for moreinformation.

Page 127: D811000252-MAN-001

October 20, 1998

3-10 TDS-4S Operation

HI LO

High GearEccentric Shaft

(Engaged)

Low GearEccentric Shaft(Disengaged)

GenevaMechanism

Shifter Input

ExternalHI / LO

Indicator

CompoundGear Shafts

ShifterInput Shaft

Rotating HeadAssembly

Bottom View

Top View

Figure 3-1. Transmission/geneva mechanism

Page 128: D811000252-MAN-001

TDS-4S Operation 3-11

Pipehandler operation

Standard rotating headThe perimeter of the rotating head cam (Figure 3-2) has anindented area where the cam follower normally rests. When thecam follower is in this indented area, the return cylinder rod isfully retracted and hydraulic pressure inside the cylinder is atequilibrium. When the swivel block and cam rotates to anotherposition along with the drill string, the ramp of the cam extendsthe return cylinder rod, unbalancing hydraulic pressure in thecylinder. When the elevator is released, the system automaticallyreturns to its pre-selected (indented) position (equilibrium).

To operate the swivel block locking mechanism, pull down thelocking lever, pulling the locking pin out of one of 24 lockingslots in the cam. With the locking lever in the vertical position,manually rotate the swivel block to the desired position andrelease the locking lever, setting the pin.

Stationary Flange

Locking Lever

Glyd Ring (8)

Auto-ReturnCylinder

Swivel Block

Cam

Cam Follower

Torque ArrestorLocation

Torque Wrench Hanger(Lug not shown)

Figure 3-2. Standard 650-Ton rotating head assembly

Page 129: D811000252-MAN-001

October 20, 1998

3-12 TDS-4S Operation

Powered rotating headThe 10-port powered rotating head (Figure 3-3) functions as ahydraulic slip ring. It provides ten hydraulic and pneumaticpassages between the stationary swivel flange and the rotatingswivel block and attached pipe handling equipment.

The powered rotating head is operated by controls on the driller’sconsole. The driller can rotate the swivel block and attached pipehandling equipment freely, or to a predesignated AUTO STOPposition. The position can be set by locating a target in the bullgear on the rotating head, to align with the proximity sensormounted on the flange of the rotating head.

ControlsThe powered rotating head is controlled by two switches.

ROTATING HEAD LEFT/RIGHT switch

This switch rotates the powered rotating head, pipe handler, andlink tilt to the right or left (same direction as the drill string).Rotation only occurs when the switch is held in the RIGHT orLEFT position. Rotation stops when the switch returns to thecenter position.

z The ROTATING HEAD function is only active when the LINKTILT switch is in the FLOAT position.

AUTO STOP/FREE ROTATE switch

This switch is in the AUTO STOP mode when the light isilluminated (on). In the AUTO STOP mode, a proximity sensorautomatically stops rotating head rotation. The AUTO STOPfunction is independent of the direction of rotation. Rotationcontinues when the ROTATE switch returns to the centerposition, then activated again. When the AUTO STOP/FREEROTATE light is off, the FREE ROTATE mode is active. In thismode, the rotating head rotates as described in the ROTATINGLEFT/RIGHT section above.

Page 130: D811000252-MAN-001

TDS-4S Operation 3-13

A4

A5

H3

S2

H2

A2

A3

H1

S1

A1

A1

A3

A5

A4

H2 S1

A2

S2

H3

PR

ES

SU

RE

H1

StationaryFlange

Bull Gear

Torque ArrestorHanger

Hydraulic MotorAssembly

Rotary GlydRing (11)

Swivel Block

Figure 3-3. Powered rotating head assembly

Page 131: D811000252-MAN-001

October 20, 1998

3-14 TDS-4S Operation

Safety valves (IBOP)Operating the switch on the VDC to the IBOP CLOSEDposition causes the two actuator air cylinder rods to extend,moving the arms and the actuator shell body upward (Figure 3-4).This upward movement causes the crank assemblies to rotate 90°,closing the upper IBOP.

Operating the switch to the OPEN position retracts the cylinderrods, drawing the IBOP actuator shell downward-opening theupper IBOP.

z Closing the manually operated lower IBOP requires an Allenwrench.

Page 132: D811000252-MAN-001

TDS-4S Operation 3-15

Safety Valve Actuator Shell

Crank Assembly (2)

Upper IBOP

Actuator Arm (2)

Torque Tube

Lower IBOP

Saver Sub

Drill Pipe

Landing Collar

Link Adapter(Also known as

Solid Body Elevator)

Upper IBOPValve ActuatorAir Cylinder (2)

Main Shaft/Drive Stem

Figure 3-4. Safety valve actuator system

Page 133: D811000252-MAN-001

October 20, 1998

3-16 TDS-4S Operation

Torque wrenchThe primary function of the TDS torque wrench is to breakoutthe drill string from the saver sub before making a connection.The torque wench can also make connections if necessary (i.e.,when replacing the lower IBOP or saver sub, or while back-reaming, or when adding a pup joint to the drill stem).

The torque wrench has a control manifold with the followingcomponents (Figure 3-5):

❏ Hydraulic pressure gauge

❏ Control and sequencing valves

❏ Hydraulic hose inlet and outlet Quick Disconnects (QDs)

❏ Manual Make/Break directional valve

The Make/Break valve controls the torque wrench operatingdirection (makeup/breakout) during operation.

A pressure reducing valve (PRV) on the control manifold allowspresetting the makeup torque (this valve is bypassed when thetorque wrench is in breakout mode).

When the driller actuates the torque wrench from the VDC, thelifting cylinder rod retracts, raising the torque tube to engage thesplines on the upper IBOP. A sequenced signal from the controlmanifold then operates the clamping piston, clamping the jawsonto the drill string box connection. Then another sequencedsignal from the control manifold automaticallydirects pressure to the torque cylinders, rotating the torque tubeup to 25° while developing a maximum torque of 85,000 ft lb(65,000 ft lb on the PH-60d Pipehandler). The position of theMake/Break valve on the control manifold determines thedirection that the torque tube rotates.

A two-position, air-piloted, hydraulic valve located on thecounterbalance manifold located on top of the TDS guide dollycontrols the entire sequenced cycle described above. A pushbutton switch on the VDC operates the hydraulic valve. Thedriller holds the button down to makeup or breakout aconnection, and then releases the button to allow the torquewrench to automatically recycle to the ready position. If thetorque developed on the first pass is insufficient, the driller simplyoperates the button again.

Page 134: D811000252-MAN-001

TDS-4S Operation 3-17

Manually switch the Make/Break valve on the torque wrench tothe MAKE position to use the top drive torque wrench to makeconnections. This allows the driller to initiate automatic torquewrench sequences and repeat them until reaching the presetmakeup torque.

BREAK MAKE

PRVTORQUECLAMPRECYCLE

LIFT LOWER

PSI

Ft.Lbs. x1000

0

1020

30

4050 60

70

8090

1000

500

1000 1500

2000

2500®

Make/BreakValve

Torque WrenchManifold

TorqueSequence

Valve

ClampSequence

Valve

RecycleSequence

Valve

HydraulicPressureReturn

HydraulicPressure

Inlet

Lift/LowerFlow Control

Valve

Torque Gauge0 - 2500 PSI

Figure 3-5. Typical torque wrench control manifold

Page 135: D811000252-MAN-001

October 20, 1998

3-18 TDS-4S Operation

n Failing to apply the correct amount of torque when using thetorque wrench to makeup connections can result in equipmentdamage and injury to rig personnel.

Do not switch the Make/Break valve to BREAK until completingthe makeup sequence, which may require repeating the makeupsequence several times.

Verify the torque pressure regulating valve setting after everymakeup sequence before releasing the makeup valve. Repeat themakeup sequence until the torque cylinders do not stroke morethan one inch during the final sequence, repeat the sequence ifuncertain. Varco recommends that the driller operating thepipehandler verify that the torque cylinders do not stroke morethan one inch on the last makeup cycle.

Varco also recommends checking the torque gauge on thepipehandler while making connections to make sure the torquewrench applies the correct amount of torque to the connection.

Stop and verify correct operation whenever the operator observesunsteady or inconsistent hydraulic pressure readings, or finds itdifficult to adjust set points.

Varco recommends that a second individual assist the driller whenmaking connections with the torque wrench. The second personcan verify that the torque wrench applies the correct torque toconnections.

Page 136: D811000252-MAN-001

TDS-4S Operation 3-19

Changing drill string sizes

PH-85To operate the torque wrench using drill string sizes that are differentfrom the size specified on your rig’s original configuration, install aseparate drill string handling kit. Refer to the following tables whenordering a drill string handling kit for a PH-85:

Drill String Change-Over Kits750/650 Ton PH-85

Desired Tool Joint ConnectionPipehandlingOriginal Part Number NC 38

95497-A-H-N-*-* 91873-650 94731-650 94730-650

NC 50 5 1/2 F.H. 6 5/8 F.H.

95497-A-J-N-*-* 91873-650 94731-650 – – –

– – –

94729-650

95497-A-K-N-*-* 91873-651 – – – 94730-651 94729-65195497-B-K-N-*-* 91873-651 – – – 94730-652 94729-65295497-A-L-N-*-* n/a n/a TBD – – –

2 7/8 F.H.

97219-651

n/a

*These designators do not affect kit choice.

PH-60dTo operate the torque wrench with a 3 1/2 in. drill string, install aseparate drill string handling kit. The following lists available kitsfor a PH-60d:

❏ Part No. 78652-1 – Includes stabbing guide assembly, jawassemblies, saver subs, installation drawing.

❏ Part No. 78652-2 – Includes stabbing guide assembly, jawassemblies, installation drawing.

z Part No. 78652-1 includes 3 1/2 IF saver subs, while Part No.78652-2 does not. By purchasing the latter, the user assumesresponsibility for obtaining appropriate 6 5/8 reg. x 3 1/2 IF saversubs separately. Specifications for these are available from thefactory or any Varco service center.

Page 137: D811000252-MAN-001

October 20, 1998

3-20 TDS-4S Operation

Torque values for load carryingcomponentsProper makeup torque is critical to the function of drill stemcomponents. Table 3-3 only includes components within theTDS. Refer to the API charts for other components.

Table 3-3. Torque values for load carrying components

Components ID Connection OD Min. torque Max. torque

Upper IBOP tomain stem/main shaft 3 or 3 3/4 in. 6 5/8 in. API Reg. 7 3/4 in. 50,000 ft lb 63,000 ft lb

Lower IBOP valveto upper safety valve 3 or 3 3/4 in. 6 5/8 in. API Reg. 7 3/4 in. 50,000 ft lb 60,000 ft lb

Saver sub tolower IBOP valve 3 or 3 3/4 in. 6 5/8 in. API Reg. 7 3/8 in. 46,000 ft lb 60,000 ft lb

Crossover sub tolower IBOP valve 3 or 3 3/4 in. 6 5/8 in. API Reg. 7 3/8 in. 46,000 ft lb 60,000 ft lb

Upper IBOP valve tomain stem/main shaft 3 or 3 3/4 in. 7 5/8 in. API Reg. 9 in. 83,000 ft lb 91,000 ft lb

Lower IBOP valveto upper IBOP valve 3 or 3 3/4 in. 7 5/8 in. API Reg. 9 in. 75,000 ft lb 84,000 ft lb

Saver sub tolower IBOP valve 3 or 3 3/4 in. 7 5/8 in. API Reg. 7 5/8 in. 66,000 ft lb 85,000 ft lb

Crossover sub tolower IBOP valve 3 or 3 3/4 in. 7 5/8 in. API Reg. 9 in. 75,000 ft lb 91,000 ft lb

Page 138: D811000252-MAN-001

TDS-4S Operation 3-21

Drilling ahead

Drilling ahead with triplesDrilling ahead with triples is the common drilling mode for theTDS. There are various sources for triples. On skidding rigsdrilling multiple well platforms, drill pipe can be left racked andused to drill the next well.

If triples do not currently exist, there are two recommendedmethods of obtaining them. One is to leave some triples racked inthe derrick when tripping back in the hole and finish the tripwith singles. Leave enough triples racked to handle anticipated bitlife.

The second method for obtaining triples is to make up triples inthe mousehole while drilling ahead or during idle rig time. Forsafety reasons a pivoting mousehole is best because it can pivot toa vertical plane to simplify making connections.

Use the following procedure to drill ahead with triples(Figure 3-6):

1. Drill down until the saver sub is within three feet of therotary table.

2. Circulate bottoms up as necessary.

3. Stop the string rotation.

4. Pick up the string and set slips for a connection four feet offthe rig floor.

5. Switch the TDS motor from FORWARD to REVERSE.

6. Stop the mud pumps.

7. Close the IBOP.

8. Break out the drill pipe connection using the torque wrenchon the pipehandler.

9. Using the TDS motor, spin out of the box while hoisting theTDS with the drawworks (follow with the drawworks, do notlead).

Page 139: D811000252-MAN-001

October 20, 1998

3-22 TDS-4S Operation

Set slips onstring

Stop circulation

Breakoutconnectionusing pipehandler and drilling motor(in reverse)

Raise block

Tilt link tiltto derrickman

Pickup stand withelevator

Stab bottom ofstand onto string

Lower block tostab motor intotop of stand

Spin in motorand stand

Makeup bothconnections withmotor

Pull slips

Start circulation

Begin drilling

1 2 3 4 5

Stab Makeup

Makeup

StopCirculation

StartCirculation

LinkTilt

Figure 3-6. Drilling ahead with triples

Page 140: D811000252-MAN-001

TDS-4S Operation 3-23

10. Stop the spin out mode.

11. Open the drill pipe elevators.

12. Retract the TDS away from the hole.

13. Hoist the TDS to the racking board level to get the nextstand.

14. Latch the backup tong on the box connection.

15. Thoroughly dope the box connection in the rotary table.

16. When the TDS is fully raised, extend the TDS.

17. Tilt the links.

18. Switch the TDS motor from REVERSE to FORWARD.

19. Derrickman latches the elevator on the next stand.

20. Hoist the pin off setback area and clear the box with thestand.

21. Release the link tilt.

22. Stab the connection at the floor.

23. Switch the TDS to SPIN IN mode.

24. Continue to slack off approximately two feet to stab theupper connection of the stand with the TDS.

25. Slack off to allow connection to shoulder up (lead with thedrawworks, do not follow).

26. Switch to TORQUE and hold for approximately six seconds.The makeup torque is preset.

27. Verify full makeup to the correct value on the torque meter.

28. Switch to DRILL mode.

29. Unlatch the backup tong.

30. Open the IBOP.

31. Start the mud pumps.

32. Pick up to pull the slips.

33. Drill ahead.

Page 141: D811000252-MAN-001

October 20, 1998

3-24 TDS-4S Operation

Drilling ahead with singlesTypically there are two situations requiring drilling ahead withsingles. One is beginning operations on a new well where thereare no triples made up and racked. The other is when makingsurveys every 30 ft. (i.e., when kicking off using a downhole mudmotor). The link tilt feature makes drilling with singles safe andefficient by moving the elevators to the mousehole to pick up thesingles.

Use the following procedure to drill ahead with singles(Figure 3-7):

1. Drill down the existing single, pull up to the 4 ft. level(approximately), close the IBOP, stop mud circulation, andset the slips.

2. Break the connection between the saver sub and the drill pipeusing the torque wrench in the pipehandler.

3. Spin out the connection using the drilling motor.

4. Lift the TDS, opening the drill pipe elevators to allow themto pass over the box setting in the rotary table.

5. Actuate the link tilt to bring the elevator over to the single inthe mousehole and latch the elevator around the single.

6. Pull the single out of the mousehole and as the pin clears thefloor, deactivate the link tilt to allow the single to come towell center.

7. Stab the connection at the floor and lower the TDS, allowingthe added single to enter the stabbing guide until the saversub pin stabs into the box of the new joint.

8. Using a backup tong to react the torque, spin up and torquethe connection using the TDS motors in the TORQUEmode.

9. Pull the slips, start the mud pumps and drill ahead.

Page 142: D811000252-MAN-001

TDS-4S Operation 3-25

Set slips onstring

Stop circulation

Close IBOP

Breakoutconnectionusing pipehandler and drilling motor(in reverse)

Tilt links tomousehole

Latch drill pipeelevator aroundsingle

Pickup single withelevator

Release link tilt

Stab bottom ofsingle onto string

Lower block tostab motor intotop of single

Spin in motorand single

Makeup bothconnections with motor intorque mode

Pull slips

Open IBOP

Start circulation

Begin drilling

Stab Makeup

OpenIBOP

LinkTilt

1 2 3 4 5

Makeup

CloseIBOP

Figure 3-7. Drilling ahead with singles

Page 143: D811000252-MAN-001

October 20, 1998

3-26 TDS-4S Operation

Drilling ahead on a semiDerrick clearances are critical for drilling operations with theTDS on a floater. When making a connection, kelly drilling pullsthe bit off bottom far enough to account for vessel heave. The54 ft. kelly must be pulled all the way up to add the next joint.

With the TDS, there is no kelly to pull up. Therefore, you mustbe able to pull the bit off bottom enough to allow for vessel heavewhen making a connection. The practical method for doing thisis to pull up the pipe string until the bit is sufficiently off bottom,and then set the slips. The distance should equal the maximumexpected heave.

The TDS pipehandler can break out the drive shaft, and the TDSmotor can spin out the connection. Then hoist the TDS into thederrick and add a new 90 ft. stand from the pipe rack in the samemanner as on a fixed rig.

Because the pin connection of the new stand is about 15 ft. abovethe floor, a torque backup device is required, as well as a means toassist stabbing. Varco provides a simple, remotely-operated RaisedBackup System (RBS) which retracts out of the way when not inuse.

Use the following procedure to drill ahead with triples on a semi(Figure 3-8):

1. Drill the stand down until the elevator is to the floor.

2. Pull the string up sufficiently off bottom.

3. Set the slips.

4. Breakout the TDS and spinout shaft using the drilling motor.

5. Raise the TDS to the racking platform and latch the elevatoron a new stand.

6. Extend the RBS and adjust the height. Clamp the RBS tongon the elevated box of the drill string.

7. Stab the pin of the new stand into the string using the RBSstabbing head if so equipped, or use the lower racking arm.

8. Stab the TDS into the upper end of the stand, spin in, andmake up both connections.

9. Retract the RBS.

10. Pull the slips and drill ahead.

Page 144: D811000252-MAN-001

TDS-4S Operation 3-27

1 2 3 4 5

Drill down stand

Stop circulation

Unlatch elevator

Pickup string10 to 20 ft.

Set slips

Breakout/spinoutwith pipehandlerand motor

Raise block

Extend RBSand adjust height

Pickup stand

Stab stand usingRBS to assist

Spin in stand

Makeup bothconnectionswith motor

Pull slips

Retract RBS

Start circulation

Begin drilling90 ft.

Makeup

StopCirculation

Makeup

StartCirculation

Figure 3-8. Drilling ahead with triples (floaters)

Page 145: D811000252-MAN-001

October 20, 1998

3-28 TDS-4S Operation

Tripping

Perform tripping operations in the conventional manner. Use thelink tilt feature to tilt the elevator to the derrickman so thederrickman can quickly latch it around the pipe.

The hydraulic link tilt allows the elevator to also reach themousehole.

The air actuated link tilt has an intermediate stop which isadjustable to set the elevator at a convenient working distancefrom the monkeyboard. The intermediate stop tilts out of the wayto allow the elevator to reach the mousehole.

If a tight spot or key seat is encountered while tripping out of thehole, spin the drilling motor into the stand at any height in thederrick. Establish circulation and rotation immediately to workthe pipe through the tight spot.

Page 146: D811000252-MAN-001

TDS-4S Operation 3-29

Reaming out

The TDS permits reaming out of an open hole to prevent pipesticking and to reduce key seat formation, without affectingracking functions associated with normal tripping (i.e., there areno singles to contend with). The pipehandler torque wrench canbreak out 90 ft. stands in the derrick.

Use the following procedure to ream out of the hole (Figure 3-9):

1. Hoist the block while circulating and rotating the drillingmotor until the third connection appears.

2. Stop circulation and rotation and set the slips.

3. Break out the drilling motor from the top of the stand usingthe pipehandler torque wrench. Hold a backup at the floorand spin out the drilling motor.

4. Break out the stand at floor level, and spin out using pipespinners.

5. Pick up the stand with the drill pipe elevator.

6. Rack the stand back.

7. Lower the block and TDS to the floor.

8. Stab the drilling motor into the box, spin up and torque itwith the drilling motor. With light slip loads, the pipehandlertorque wrench can be used to torque the connection.

9. Resume circulation and continue reaming out of the hole.

Page 147: D811000252-MAN-001

October 20, 1998

3-30 TDS-4S Operation

Hoist whilecirculating androtating

When 3rdconnectionsurfaces, stoprotation andcirculation

Set slips onstring

Breakout connec-tion using pipehandlerand drilling motor (reverse)

Breakout andspinout standat floor

Hoist free standwith elevator

Setback standusing link tilt

Setback

Lower block,stab motor intostring

Spin in motorand makeupconnection withmotor

Start circulation,pull slips,hoist and rotate

1 2 3 4 5

Breakout

Breakout Hoist

Hoist andRotate

Figure 3-9. Reaming out

Page 148: D811000252-MAN-001

TDS-4S Operation 3-31

Well control procedures

The TDS can stab into the string in any position in the derrick.While drilling, the remotely controlled IBOP valve is always inthe string for immediate use as needed.

Use the following TDS well control procedure in conjunctionwith standard IBOP well control procedures:

1. On indication of a kick, set the slips at the nearest connectionand stab the TDS into the string.

2. Spin up and torque the connection using the Spin/Torquecontrol, after setting the backup tong.

3. Remotely close the upper IBOP valve.*

4. Lower the string to the floor and reset the slips.

5. Manually close the lower IBOP valve.

6. Remove the torque wrench vertical travel stops.

7. Breakout the lower IBOP from the upper IBOP.

8. Engage the top drive motor in reverse to spin out theconnection.

9. Install the appropriate crossover sub, check valve orcirculation sub on top of the lower IBOP valve.

10. Proceed with normal well control procedures.

* Operation of the IBOP valves is the same as any standard valve.A 7/8 in. hex wrench is included with the system to operate theupper valves if the remote actuator should fail, or for checkingthat the valve is functioning correctly.

Page 149: D811000252-MAN-001

October 20, 1998

3-32 TDS-4S Operation

Running casing

For casing operations, longer elevator links (180 in.) must be usedto allow clearance for the cementing head under the torquewrench in the pipehandler.

Attach a short piece of hose to the saver sub in the pipehandler tofill the casing while lowering. Use the remotely controlled upperIBOP valve to start and stop the fluid flow.

If desired, run casing conventionally using the block and hookand swinging the TDS aside. Use longer bails (180 in.) to preventthe block dolly (if used) from contacting the TDS dolly.

Handling bottom hole assemblies

For handling bottom hole assemblies, use the swiveling drill collardolly (Figure 3-10) to allow the elevators to turn freely. The drillcollar dolly’s upset, which latches in the standard drill pipeelevator, is mounted on a bearing allowing it to swivel even whileit is under load. A shoulder elevator is suspended from the“perfection” links (or a second drill pipe elevator if lifting subs areused.) The collars can be walked in or out with the elevatorturning on the drill collar dolly.

Page 150: D811000252-MAN-001

TDS-4S Operation 3-33

100 TONVARCO ��

������ ��

������

A

A

Drill PipeElevator

Drill CollarDolly

PerfectionLinks (36")

SquareShoulderElevator

LiftingSub

DrillCollar8 in.

View A - A

91 in.

37 in.

Figure 3-10. Swiveling drill collar dolly

Page 151: D811000252-MAN-001

October 20, 1998

3-34 TDS-4S Operation

Post jarring operations

e Jarring occurs on all drilling rigs. It is not practical to recommendremoving the top drive from the drill string during all jarringoperations. But the possibility of damage to a top drive during ajarring operation is considerable. Consider removing the top drivefrom the drill string before performing prolonged jarring. It isimperative to exercise caution when using a top drive after a jarringoperation.

Safe operation of the TDS is the responsibility of the user and rigcrew. Use the Post Jarring Checklist (PI 93-1) and DesignSpecification, Design Torque Standard (DS00008) to help ensuresafe top drive operation. Note that the checklist includesrecommended procedures. Do not limit inspections to items on thechecklist.

The checklist draws attention to specific parts on major subassemblies.Inspection should be rigorous, looking for any wear that could cause asafety or operational risk.

Use the Post Jarring Checklist (PI 93-1) and Design Specification,Design Torque Standard (DS00008) after performing any jarringoperation while the top drive is in the drill string.

Page 152: D811000252-MAN-001

TDS-4S

Top DriveDrillingSystem

MaintenanceandTroubleshooting

SM00620-4Rev. B

Page 153: D811000252-MAN-001

March 8, 2001

4-2 TDS-4S Maintenance and Troubleshooting

Page 154: D811000252-MAN-001

TDS-4S Maintenance and Troubleshooting 4-3

Contents

Preface/Manual conventionsSafety information ........................................................... 4-7Directional references ...................................................... 4-8Manual layout.................................................................. 4-8

Chapter 1 MaintenanceInspection ........................................................................ 4-9

TDS swing out procedure .......................................... 4-9DC drilling motor ................................................... 4-12Motor alignment cylinder ........................................ 4-12Air exhaust muffler .................................................. 4-12Derrick termination kit air filter/regulator/lubricators ................................................................ 4-13Pipehandler .............................................................. 4-14Nondestructive Examination (NDE) ....................... 4-14

Visual inspection................................................ 4-14Landing collar .............................................. 4-16Drive stem ................................................... 4-18

Magnetic Particle Inspection (MPI) ................... 4-20Ultrasonic Inspection ......................................... 4-21

Safety valve inspection procedures (IBOP) ... 4-21

Chapter 2 LubricationLubricating the motor and motor supportbonnet assembly............................................................. 4-23

Gearbox ................................................................... 4-23Torque setting procedure ................................... 4-25Other gearbox lubrication andmaintenance considerations ............................... 4-27

Initial oil change period ........................................... 4-27Oil capacity.............................................................. 4-28Lubricating the DC motor ....................................... 4-29Lubricating the washpipe and bonnet seal ................ 4-30

Lubricating the rotating head ......................................... 4-31Lubricating the link adapter ........................................... 4-32Lubricating the torque wrench ....................................... 4-33Lubricating the master bushing ID wear guide ............... 4-34

Page 155: D811000252-MAN-001

March 8, 2001

4-4 TDS-4S Maintenance and Troubleshooting

Lubricating the safety valve actuator .............................. 4-34Lubricating the upper safety valve (IBOP) ..................... 4-35Lubricating the guide dolly assembly ............................. 4-36Lubricating the bail pins ................................................ 4-41Lubricating the cooling system....................................... 4-42Lubrication schedule ...................................................... 4-44Lubricant specifications ................................................. 4-45

Chapter 3 MaintenanceAdjustment procedures .................................................. 4-49

Adjusting the torque wrench .................................... 4-49Adjusting the upper safety valve (IBOP)and safety valve actuator system ............................... 4-52Adjusting the counterbalance system ........................ 4-52Adjusting the motor alignment cylinder system ....... 4-54Precharging the counterbalance system .................... 4-60

Assembly and disassembly .............................................. 4-62Pipehandler .............................................................. 4-62

Torque wrench disassembly ............................... 4-62Replacing the torque wrenchclamping piston seal ..................................... 4-68

Replacing the standard rotating headglyd rings ........................................................... 4-71Replacing the powered rotating headglyd rings ........................................................... 4-75Replacing the standard or extended reachlink tilt air actuator ............................................ 4-77

Removing the tong dies ........................................... 4-81Front jaw ........................................................... 4-81Rear jaw ............................................................. 4-81

Removing the jaws ................................................... 4-82Front jaw ........................................................... 4-82Rear jaw ............................................................. 4-82

Upper safety valve (IBOP) ....................................... 4-82Lower safety valve (IBOP) ....................................... 4-82

Removing the motor assemblyfrom the guide dolly....................................................... 4-83

Disassembly/assembly of the drilling motorand motor support bonnet ....................................... 4-84

Installing the TDS motor pinion ................................... 4-87Local blower cooling system assembly/disassembly ... 4-89Closed loop cooling system assembly/disassembly .... 4-92

Replacing the safety wiring ............................................ 4-95Safety wiring tips ..................................................... 4-97

Page 156: D811000252-MAN-001

TDS-4S Maintenance and Troubleshooting 4-5

z This section contains some information regarding the GE motor.Refer to the GE Motor Service Manual, VDR00023 (included inVDP0001) for specific details such as:

❏ Inspection and maintenance schedule

❏ Recommended storage instructions -drilling motors and generators

❏ Removing motors or generators from storage

Chapter 4 TroubleshootingTroubleshooting the counterbalance .............................. 4-99

Troubleshooting the motor alignment cylinder ...... 4-100Troubleshooting the drilling motor and guide dolly ..... 4-101

Troubleshooting the motor air brake ..................... 4-101Troubleshooting the retract guide dolly ................. 4-101Troubleshooting the transmission .......................... 4-102Troubleshooting the oil pump ............................... 4-103Troubleshooting the cooling system ....................... 4-104

Troubleshooting the pipehandler ................................. 4-106Troubleshooting the torque wrench ....................... 4-106Troubleshooting the safety valve actuator............... 4-108Troubleshooting the link tilt .................................. 4-108Troubleshooting the pipehandler at thecounterbalance manifold ........................................ 4-109Troubleshooting the crown height indicator .......... 4-110Six-gang air valve assembly illustration ................... 4-111

Page 157: D811000252-MAN-001

March 8, 2001

4-6 TDS-4S Maintenance and Troubleshooting

Page 158: D811000252-MAN-001

TDS-4S Maintenance and Troubleshooting 4-7

Preface

Manual conventions

Safety information

Information pertaining to possible personnel injury andequipment damage appears throughout this manual and isformatted to draw the reader’s attention to importantinformation, a warning, or a caution note. See the examplesbelow and pay close attention to these important advisories.

z Indicates advisories for operational or servicing proceduresinvolving little or no risk of personnel injury or equipmentdamage.

e Indicates advisories involving a risk of equipment damage.

n Indicates advisories involving a definite risk of injury to rigpersonnel.

Avoid personnel injury and equipment damage by reading thismanual and related documents before operating, inspecting, orservicing the equipment.

Page 159: D811000252-MAN-001

March 8, 2001

4-8 TDS-4S Maintenance and Troubleshooting

Directional references

References to the right or left and front or back of componentsdescribed in this manual assume the perspective of the Top DriveDrilling System (TDS-4S), standing behind the TDS-4S as itfaces well center.

Manual layout

This binder contains several separate books that you can removeindividually for convenience.

Page 160: D811000252-MAN-001

TDS-4S Maintenance and Troubleshooting 4-9

Chapter 1

Maintenance

Inspection

TDS swing out procedureVarco top drives with swing-out guide dollies can be quicklyswung aside on their own dolly frames for inspection,maintenance, running casing, or to allow drilling operationsrequiring a kelly and rotary table. Electrical, hydraulic, and airsupplies do not have to be disconnected. Use the followingprocedure to swing out the TDS only if your rig has a guide dollywith hinge pins (refer to the engineering drawings forinformation specific to your rig configuration):

1. If you have a retract system, operate the switch on the VDCto retract the TDS.

2. Slowly lower the TDS until the elevator nears the rig floor.

3. Remove the elevator and elevator links.

4. Lower the TDS guide dolly to the stop.

Page 161: D811000252-MAN-001

March 8, 2001

4-10 TDS-4S Maintenance and Troubleshooting

z On some rigs, it may be necessary to secure the traveling blockframe to the guide dolly frame using chain and/or rope.

5. Turn off the Hydraulic Power Unit (HPU) and bleed downhydraulic pressure by opening the needle valve on thecounterbalance manifold. (The counterbalance manifold islocated on the upper motor frame.)

6. Detach the counterbalance system cylinders from the hook orblock by unhooking the pear links from the ears on the hookor block.

7. Disconnect the air intake hose.

8. Disconnect the mud hose from the TDS S-tube.

n Unlatching the hook from the integrated swivel bail may cause theTDS motor assembly and/or the hook to lurch suddenly. Alwayskeep adequate tension on the tailing lines to prevent suddenmovement of these assemblies.

9. Unlatch the hook.

10. Attach tugger lines to the TDS motor frame, opposite theframe hinges, to assist in swinging out the TDS motorassembly. Use tailing lines on the motor frame to controlswing out.

11. Unfasten the two swing-out bolts, opposite the hinges,holding the motor frame to the guide dolly.

12. Operate the air tuggers to slowly pull on the motor framewhile unhooking the traveling block from the swivel bail.

13. When the traveling block is disconnected, continue swingingout the TDS 180° and secure the motor assembly to thederrick with chain and/or rope.

Page 162: D811000252-MAN-001

TDS-4S Maintenance and Troubleshooting 4-11

To swing the TDS back in for operation after inspection ormaintenance, perform the following procedure:

1. Lower the guide dolly far enough to allow swinging theTDS back into place.

2. Retract the TDS and secure it.

n While latching the hook to the integrated swivel bail, the swiveland/or the TDS motor assembly may suddenly lurch. Always keepadequate tension on tailing lines to prevent sudden movement ofthese assemblies.

3. Attach tugger lines to the TDS motor assembly, opposite thehinges, to aid in swinging back the TDS assembly. Use tailinglines on the motor frame to control swing back.

4. Release the chain and/or rope securing the TDS motorassembly to the derrick and slowly swing back the TDS motorassembly to the guide dolly. While swinging it back, latch thehook onto the swivel.

5. Secure the motor frame to the guide dolly with the twoswing-out bolts opposite the hinges.

6. Connect the mud hose to the S-tube.

7. Connect the air intake hose.

8. Hook the counterbalance system pear links onto the ears ofthe hook or block.

9. Turn the HPU on and bleed air out of the system.

Page 163: D811000252-MAN-001

March 8, 2001

4-12 TDS-4S Maintenance and Troubleshooting

DC drilling motorThoroughly inspect the TDS, motor support bonnet, and guidedolly assembly for loose bolts and fittings daily. If any safety wireor cotter pins were removed to facilitate repairs, replace themimmediately.

z The DC motor has a complete manufacturer’s service manual foryour reference provided in the Vendor Documentation Package.

Motor alignment cylinder

e The alignment cylinder is not intended to be used to align the pinwith the box at the well bore. It is a device to counterbalance theoffset weight of the DC motor and allow the system to accommodateexternal forces. It is adjustable to ensure that the mainshaft is straightat well center–to compensate for design tolerances in the guide railsand dolly. To work properly, the guide rails must be properly located,and the dolly must fit within design tolerances.

Check alignment cylinder operation weekly. Also, inspect allmoving parts and check accumulator pressures on a weekly basis.

Air exhaust mufflerVarco installs air exhaust mufflers on the exhaust ports of themulti-gang solenoid valve manifold for noise abatement. All suchmufflers reduce noise and collect contaminants that caneventually restrict the air passage. Air passage constriction resultsin back pressure on all of the solenoid valves and erratic valveoperation. It also holds pressure on the air brake.

Periodically remove the mufflers and clean or replace them.

If noise abatement is not an issue on the rig, replace the mufflerswith simple pipe elbows.

Page 164: D811000252-MAN-001

TDS-4S Maintenance and Troubleshooting 4-13

Derrick termination kit air filter/regulator/lubricatorsTop drives that rely on rig air to power link tilt, upper IBOP,brake, and torque wrench makeup/breakout sequence pilot signalfunctions require regular inspection. The air valves, cylinders andactuators for these functions require proper lubrication andmoisture-free and particle contaminant-free air. Moisture in theair can cause corrosion on internal cylinder surfaces. Particlecontamination can damage the seals in moving parts and causesolenoid valves to stick. Oil, injected by the lubricator and carriedby the air, reduces friction between moving parts and increasesthe life of seals in valves and actuators.

z Varco supplies a filter/regulator/lubricator in the derrickinstallation kit and recommends installing it at the fingerboardlevel in the derrick. Improperly adjusted regulators can cause poordevice performance at reduced pressures, or valve and cylinderseals and O-ring extrusion at excessive pressures.

Inspect the entire filter/regulator/lubricator monthly for damageto the filter bowl, overall body, or inlet and outlet fittings.Replace any damaged, corroded, or improperly functioningcomponents.

Adjust the pressure regulator outlet pressure to 100-120 psigmonthly. Clean and drain the filter weekly. Fill the lubricatorwith petroleum-based hydraulic oil with a fluid viscosity of100-200 SSU at 100°F (ISO 32/34).

e Do not use fluids such as Marvel Mystery Oil, motor oil, orDextron II in the lubricator. Swollen seals may result.

Page 165: D811000252-MAN-001

March 8, 2001

4-14 TDS-4S Maintenance and Troubleshooting

PipehandlerThoroughly inspect the pipehandler for loose bolts and fittingsdaily. If any safety wire or cotter pins were removed duringrepairs, replace them immediately.

Inspect the hinge bolts daily to make sure they are not separatingfrom the pipehandler. Make sure the hinge pins are not loose dueto excessive wear in the bore of the clamp clevis or a brokenretaining bolt.

n Inspect the link tilt intermediate stop and adjustment device foroverall integrity weekly. Replace the components if there isexcessive looseness of the threaded rod in the threaded hole of thepivot arm (Figures 4-24 and 4-25). An indication of a possibleproblem is if the two intermediate stops are not adjusted equally(i.e., if the thread engagement differs between the two stops).Failure to perform this inspection and/or component replacementcan result in injury to rig personnel.

Nondestructive Examination (NDE)Yearly (or after approximately 3,000 operating hours), perform aNondestructive Examination (NDE) of all critical load pathitems.

z NDE inspection includes visual examination, dye penetrantexamination, magnetic particle inspection, ultrasonic inspection,x-ray examination, and other methods of nondestructive testingfor metallurgical integrity.

Visual inspectionUse calipers on a regular basis to measure the amount of wear onthe elevator link eyes (Figure 4-1). Compare the measurementswith the Wear Chart (Figure 4-1) to determine the currentstrength of the elevator links. The capacity of the links equals thecapacity of the weakest link.

Page 166: D811000252-MAN-001

TDS-4S Maintenance and Troubleshooting 4-15

������������

���������

����������������

5 in.4 13/16 in.

4 5/8 in.4 7/16 in.

2 3/4 in.2 9/16 in.2 3/8 in.2 3/16 in.

350300225175

B = 3 1/2 in., 350-Ton

Wear Chart - Forged Links

6 in.5 3/4 in.5 1/2 in.5 1/4 in.

3 1/2 in.3 1/4 in.

3 in.2 3/4 in.

500420325250

B = 4 1/2 in., 500-Ton

7 1/2 in.7 1/4 in.

7 in.6 3/4 in.

350300225175

B = 6 1/4 in., 750-Ton

UpperEye

DimensionC

LowerEye

DimensionA

Capacity(per set)in Tons

7 1/2 in.7 1/4 in.

7 in.6 3/4 in.

UpperEye

(Hook)

LowerEye

(Elevator)

To determine the strength of worn links,measure (with calipers) the amount of eyewear and compare the measurementswith the above Wear Chart to find thecurrent capacity. The capacity of the set oflinks is determined by the weakest link.

CC

B

B

A

A

Figure 4-1. Visual inspection of elevator links

Page 167: D811000252-MAN-001

March 8, 2001

4-16 TDS-4S Maintenance and Troubleshooting

Landing collar

Disassemble and inspect the landing collar every six months.Use the following procedure to disassemble the landing collar(Figure 2-5) for inspection:

1. Disconnect the top drive from the drill string.

2. Remove the IBOPs and pipehandler.

3. Raise the solid body elevator to expose the landing collarretainer.

4. Straighten the retainer tabs.

5. Slide the retainer ring above the split landing collar halves.

6. Drive out one roll pin.

7. Remove the landing collar halves.

8. Slide the retainer off the drive stem.

After disassembly, inspect all landing collar parts for wear,damage, or corrosion. Check for:

❏ Grooves or other radial wear marks indicating that the bore ofthe solid body elevator is rubbing on the outside diameter ofthe landing collar retainer shell

❏ Radial grooves on the inside diameter of the retainer shell

❏ Missing tabs from the retainer shell

❏ Wear or corrosion induced pitting on the retainer shell shoulder

❏ Wear, corrosion, or fatigue cracks on the inside or outsidediameter of the landing collar halves

❏ Evidence of drive stem contact with the solid body elevator

❏ Evidence of inside bore wear on the solid body elevator indicatingcontact with the drive stem or landing collar retainer. Wear onthe inside shoulder of the elevator should not exceed 1/8 in.

❏ Evidence of wear, corrosion, or fatigue cracks on the safetylinks

Page 168: D811000252-MAN-001

TDS-4S Maintenance and Troubleshooting 4-17

Replace the appropriate part(s) if any of the above conditionsexist. Use the following procedure to reassemble the landingcollar:

1. Replace the existing O-ring in the retainer shell.

2. Grease the inside diameter of the retainer shell.

3. Slide the retainer onto the drive stem above the landing collargrooves.

4. Install one new roll pin and safety links on the split landingcollar halves.

5. Coat the landing collar halves with a generous amount ofwater resistant grease.

6. Place the landing collar halves on the drive stem with15° taper closest to the top drive.

7. Drive in the remaining roll pin.

8. Slide the retainer shell over the landing collar halves.

9. Use a hammer and drift to bend all 32 retainer tabs to securethe retainer shell.

10. Coat the retainer shell and drive stem with a generousamount of water resistant grease to prevent corrosion.

11. Reinstall the IBOPs and pipehandler.

Page 169: D811000252-MAN-001

March 8, 2001

4-18 TDS-4S Maintenance and Troubleshooting

Drive stem

Regularly inspect and measure the drive stem/main shaft for wear.Remove the drive stem/mainshaft from service if bore wear isgreater than the dimensions shown in Figure 4-2.

Determine inspection frequency according to API RecommendedPractice 8B, Section 2 for power swivels and power subs.

Varco recommends the use of API RP 7G and API RP 8B asguidelines for interpreting and performing inspections.Measurement techniques are specified in API RP 7G, Section 10.Use API Bulletin 5T1 to identify and define imperfections foundduring inspections.

7 5/8 API REG R.N. Pin

7.500-3 ACME-3GLeft-hand Thread

9.000Diameter

3.75Diameter (New)

1.30 Minimum @ LandingCollar Grooves (2.45 New)

(1.70 New)

7 5/8 API REG R.N. Pin

6.250-3 ACME-2GLeft-hand Thread

9.000Diameter

3.00Diameter (New)

1.30 Minimum @ LandingCollar Grooves (2.45 New)

(1.70 New)

Large Bore

Small Bore

Figure 4-2. Typical minimum bore wear dimensions(Refer to engineering drawings for exact dimensions)

Page 170: D811000252-MAN-001

TDS-4S Maintenance and Troubleshooting 4-19

Use the following API recommended guidelines (Figures 4-3) todetermine the tensile load bearing capacities of the drive stem/main shaft landing collar.

3800000

3700000

3600000

3500000

3400000

3300000

3200000

Remaining Wall Thickness Under Pin Thread Relief Groove(Inches)

Lo

ad (

Lb

s) 3100000

3000000

2900000

2800000

2700000

2600000

2500000

2400000

2300000

2200000

1.75

1.70

1.65

1.60

1.55

1.50

1.45

1.40

1.35

1.30

1.25

1.20

1.15

1.10

1.05

1.00

New Condition (3.00 Bore)

New Condition(3.82 Bore)

Figure 4-3. 750-Ton and 650-Ton drive stem/main shaftlanding collar tensile dimensions

Page 171: D811000252-MAN-001

March 8, 2001

4-20 TDS-4S Maintenance and Troubleshooting

Magnetic Particle Inspection (MPI)Once a year, or every 3,000 operating hours, Varco recommendsperforming a Magnetic Particle Inspection (MPI) of the exposedsurfaces of all load carrying components and load collar groovesto reveal any fatigue or crack indications. Any indications foundare a potential cause for replacing the suspect component. Roundbottom pits and erosion are acceptable as long as the defect is lessthan 1/16 in. deep. Larger defects or any crack indications arecause for replacing the suspect component.

After approximately five years, or 15,000 operating hours,depending on the severity of operating conditions, Varcorecommends performing a MPI of all load carrying componentsover their entire surface (including internal bores) to reveal anyfatigue or crack indications. Any indications found are a potentialcause for replacing the suspect component. Round bottom pitsand erosion are acceptable as long as the defect is less than 1/16in. deep. Larger defects or any crack indications are cause forreplacing the suspect component. The load carrying componentsare:

❏ Drive stem/main shaft (lower portion)

❏ Landing collar

❏ Upper and lower IBOP

❏ 350-Ton BNC drill pipe elevator

❏ Link adapter

❏ Saver, crossover, and spacer subs

❏ Power subs

❏ Power swivels

❏ Elevator links

Details on MPI procedures are in the following publications:

I.A.D.C. Drilling Manual, 9th Edition

ASTM A-275 Std. Method for Magnetic Particle Inspectionof Steel Forgings

ASTM E-709 Std. Recommended Practice forMagnetic Particle Inspection

Page 172: D811000252-MAN-001

TDS-4S Maintenance and Troubleshooting 4-21

Ultrasonic InspectionIn addition to the MPI, Varco also recommends performing anUltrasonic Inspection of the above components to detect anyerosion of the inside diameter. Any erosion reduces the load-carrying capability of the part. Any subsurface irregularity canalso compromise a component’s integrity.

Details on Ultrasonic Inspection procedures are in thepublication: ASTM A-388 Std. Practice for Ultrasonic Examinationof Heavy Steel Forgings.

Safety valve inspection procedures (IBOP)

z Upper and lower IBOP valves, because of their internal groovesand shoulders, are particularly susceptible to corrosion fatiguecracking. These internal diameter changes act as stress risers forbending and tensile loads. It is especially important to properlyinspect the IBOP valves on a frequent basis. Read and use theIBOP valve inspection procedures described in the IBOP ServiceManual (SM00611).

Page 173: D811000252-MAN-001

March 8, 2001

4-22 TDS-4S Maintenance and Troubleshooting

Page 174: D811000252-MAN-001

TDS-4S Maintenance and Troubleshooting 4-23

Chapter 2

Lubrication

Lubricating the motor and motor supportbonnet assembly

GearboxCheck oil daily. With the motor off, check to see that the oil levelis at the middle of the sight glass located on the side of the mainbody. Drain and refill the gearbox every 1,500 operating hours orthree months, whichever occurs first. (Refer to Oil capacity laterin this chapter.)

Properly maintaining the TDS gear shifting mechanism increasesthe operational life of the top drive. Use the following procedureto maintain proper gear lubrication:

1. Shift all top drive two speed gearboxes from one gear to theother and back again at least once a week. This helps todistribute lubricant and prevents contaminant buildup.

2. Remove the gear indicator lever assembly and the indicatorgearcase cover.

Page 175: D811000252-MAN-001

March 8, 2001

4-24 TDS-4S Maintenance and Troubleshooting

3. Repack the inside area with grease every six months (refer toFigures 1-9 and 1-10 in the Description book).

4. Inspect the gears for corrosion or damage. Clean, lubricate orreplace components as required. There is a “timing mark” onthe gears to ensure correct orientation. If these marks are notvisible when removing the gears, mark the gears beforeremoval to ensure correct orientation when reinstalling them.

If there are problems shifting from one gear to the other, use thefollowing procedure to shift the gears:

1. Turn the drive stem with chain tongs to make sure the gearmesh aligns properly. Do not turn the DC motor whileshifting gears.

2. Insert two 3/8 in. bolts in the threaded holes on the bottomof the shafts while shifting the gears and use a bar to turn theshaft in the proper direction. Do not shear the bolts.Eccentric shaft rotation direction is the same as the shifterinput shaft when shifting into gear.

3. If the shift input mechanism slips when attempting to shiftgears, use a torque wrench to check the torque of the shifterwhen the clutch begins to slip. If the torque is less than65 ft lb, then use the Torque setting procedure to adjust theclutch

e Gearbox oil must be drained before removing clutch.

The factory setting of the clutch is 45 ft lb. However, increase thetorque if there are persistent problems.

4. Remove the 3 in. inspection plugs on the rear of the gearcaseand make sure the compound gears are free to turn with theunit in neutral. If the gears cannot turn, it indicates a largerproblem (i.e., contaminants in gears, damaged bearings, etc.).

Page 176: D811000252-MAN-001

TDS-4S Maintenance and Troubleshooting 4-25

Torque setting procedureUse the following procedure to set the torque limit clutch to45-50 ft lb:

1. Attach any torque indicator to the output stub (Figure 4-4).

2. Hold the body and determine the current torque setting.

3. Remove the snap ring and locking plate.

4. Use a 5/8 in. open end wrench to turn the nut clockwise toincrease torque, or to turn the nut counterclockwise todecrease the torque.

5. Check the resulting torque and repeat the above steps if moreadjustment is necessary.

6. Replace the locking plate and snap ring.

Page 177: D811000252-MAN-001

March 8, 2001

4-26 TDS-4S Maintenance and Troubleshooting

Gear Subplate

Gear Shaft Changer

Housing Gear Changer

Lower Gearcase

Torque Limiter (Clutch)

Torque Limit Clutch

A

Detail A

Figure 4-4. Torque setting procedure

Page 178: D811000252-MAN-001

TDS-4S Maintenance and Troubleshooting 4-27

Other gearbox lubrication and maintenanceconsiderations

❏ Keep the bottom of the eccentric gear shafts clean and free ofcorrosion, paint or other contaminants. Keep this area lightlylubricated with oil.

❏ Contaminant build up or corrosion around the upper end ofthe eccentric shafts can cause persistent shifting problems.Install sealed caps on the top of the shaft to correct theproblem. There are two ways to install sealed caps. One wayto install sealed caps requires shop installation during topdrive overhaul.

There is a kit for field installation (P/N 97926). It consists of arubber gasket, a sealing cap and a stud which threads into anexisting tapped hole in the top of the eccentric shaft. The studholds the cap on top of the gearcase and keeps contaminants awayfrom the shaft. It also adds a secondary seal between the oil in thegearbox and the DC motor cooling air path.

Initial oil change periodDrain and refill the gearbox after the first 500 operating hours orfour weeks, whichever occurs first.

Remove and clean the oil pump suction strainer (or oil filter,depending on the model and configuration) when changingthe oil.

Page 179: D811000252-MAN-001

March 8, 2001

4-28 TDS-4S Maintenance and Troubleshooting

Oil capacityThe TDS-4S holds approximately 10-20 gallons of oil, but oilcapacities vary according to the type of cooling systems, etc.installed. Always fill the transmission to the middle of the sightglass. Use the following procedure to fill the transmission for thefirst time on a new top drive:

1. Fill the gearbox to the top of the sight glass(approximately 10-20 gallons).

2. Operate the top drive 10-15 minutes and check thesight glass.

3. The oil level should be near the middle of the sight glass.If the oil level is below the middle of the sight glass, add moreoil until the level reaches the middle of the sight glass. If theoil level is at, or above the middle of the sight glass, do not addany additional oil to the gearcase.

After installation and initial operation of the top drive, always fillthe transmission to the middle of the sight glass.

When draining oil from the drain plug at the bottom of thegearcase, only the 5-6 gallons of oil at the bottom of the gearcaseactually drains. Oil still remains in the rotating head cavity(approximately 1-2 gallons), the oil lube/pump/cooler system(approximately 1-2 gallons), and the wetted surfaces inside themotor housing assembly (approximately 2-3 gallons). Removingthe suction hose from the cover plate below the pinion shaftallows more oil to drain and also removes sediment that collectsthere. Removing the oil drain plug from the rotating head allowsmore oil to drain.

Page 180: D811000252-MAN-001

TDS-4S Maintenance and Troubleshooting 4-29

Lubricating the DC motorThe upper motor armature bearings have grease points located onthe brake adapter plate attached to the top of the motor. Thelower armature bearing grease point on the G.E. motor is at theend of a small diameter tube projecting toward the back of thetool.

The grease points all have plugs or relief fittings installed duringoperation. Install grease fittings to lubricate and then remove thefittings and replace the plugs for operation. Lubricate the pinion(transmission) end bearing every 750 operating hours, or threemonths, with two ounce by weight Shell Cyprina RA™.Lubricate the commutator (brake) end bearing every 1,500operating hours, or six months, with two ounce by weight ShellCyprina RA™.

e Excessive lubrication of electric motors can cause motor failure due toshorting or heat buildup from grease coming in contact with the fieldwindings.

Page 181: D811000252-MAN-001

March 8, 2001

4-30 TDS-4S Maintenance and Troubleshooting

Lubricating the washpipe andbonnet sealApply grease daily to the washpipe grease fitting and the twobonnet seal fittings (located below the washpipe grease fitting)(Figure 4-5).

GreaseFittings

Wash PipeAssembly

Bonnet

Figure 4-5. Lubricating the washpipe and bonnet seal

Page 182: D811000252-MAN-001

TDS-4S Maintenance and Troubleshooting 4-31

Lubricating the rotating head

Apply grease daily at the fittings (Figures 4-6 and 4-7). Inspect forseal leakage weekly around the lower bearing retainer.

GreaseFittings

GreaseFittings

GreaseFitting

Figure 4-6. Lubricating the standard rotating head

Grease Fittings

Grease Fitting

Figure 4-7. Lubricating the powered rotating head

Page 183: D811000252-MAN-001

March 8, 2001

4-32 TDS-4S Maintenance and Troubleshooting

Lubricating the link adapter

Apply grease to the link adapter fittings weekly as shownin Figure 4-8.

2 Grease Fittings on front,2 Grease Fittings opposite.

(4 places total)

Figure 4-8. Lubricating the link adapter

Page 184: D811000252-MAN-001

TDS-4S Maintenance and Troubleshooting 4-33

Lubricating the torque wrench

Apply grease daily to the torque wrench fittings (Figure 4-9).Inspect the stabbing guide for excessive wear or cracks. Replace asnecessary.

Grease Fitting(8 on Bottom of Clamp)

Grease Fitting(1 each side of Torque

Tube on Clevis Pin)

Grease Fitting(6 on Optional Link Stopand Cylinder Assembly)

Grease Fitting(6 on IBOP Actuator

Rollers, Cylinder Pinsand Arm Pins)

Figure 4-9. Lubricating the PH-85 torque wrench

Page 185: D811000252-MAN-001

March 8, 2001

4-34 TDS-4S Maintenance and Troubleshooting

Lubricating the master bushingID wear guide

The master bushing ID wear guide has four fittings (Figure 4-10).Lubricate weekly. Inspect the guide ring periodically for wear ordamage and replace it as necessary.

Master BushingWear Guide

Grease Fittings (4)

Figure 4-10. Lubricating the master ID bushing wear guide

Lubricating the safety valve actuator

Apply grease daily to the fitting in the crank assemblies (Figure 4-11). Check for worn components and operate the valve to verifycorrect adjustment weekly.

Page 186: D811000252-MAN-001

TDS-4S Maintenance and Troubleshooting 4-35

Lubricating the upper safety valve (IBOP)

Lubricate the upper IBOP valve weekly at the lubrication fittingslocated directly below the actuator cranks in the recessed counterbores (Figure 4-11). Refer to the IBOP Service Manual forcomplete IBOP lubrication instructions.

Crank Arm

Actuator ArmGroove

Actuator Shell Grease Fitting

Upper IBOPValve

Grease Port

OpenPosition

Figure 4-11. Lubricating the IBOP

Page 187: D811000252-MAN-001

March 8, 2001

4-36 TDS-4S Maintenance and Troubleshooting

Lubricating the guide dolly assembly

Lubricate the 20 guide rollers every trip at the four manifolds(5 fittings each) located on each corner of the guide dolly (Figure4-12). If your rig has a retract system, refer to the Retract GuideDolly supplement. Check guide rollers weekly for cracks orexcessive axial or radial play and replace as necessary. Lubricatethe hinges (one place on each hinge) monthly.

It is possible to over-grease (too much pressure, not volume) theguide rollers. This can push the plugs out. Visually inspect all ofthe guide rollers for evidence of grease extruding from the end(s)of the shaft. If you discover over-greasing, perform the followingprocedure:

1. Remove and disassemble the roller assembly.

2. Thoroughly clean and inspect all parts.

3. If the component parts are still serviceable, drill and tap theshaft end(s) for 1/8 in. NPT threads and install internalwrenching pipe plugs after thoroughly cleaning metal chipsfrom the grease ports in the roller shaft.

4. Pre-grease roller bearings before reassembling and installingthe rollers and shaft.

5. Re-grease roller bearings through grease lines to make surelubricant is pumping through the roller bearings. Some greaseshould extrude between the rollers and roller shaft.

6. Replace unserviceable assemblies.

7. Improve plug retention on roller assemblies with intact sheetmetal plugs by staking the edges of the port(s). To do this:

a. Remove the roller or roller bracket assembly to improveaccessibility.

b. Use a hammer and chisel to stake the port edges.

Page 188: D811000252-MAN-001

TDS-4S Maintenance and Troubleshooting 4-37

A preferred method is to rework the roller assembly for drill andtap operation, but the staking method is also effective.

At each bottom corner of the motor frame are the two greasepoints for the motor trunnions (Figure 4-13). Lubricate theseweekly.

Lubricate the washpipe packing daily with the mud pump off.

Daily, with the hydraulic power on, check the filter gauge on thepressure filter to determine the condition of the filter element.Replace the element when a bypass condition is indicated.

e Do not weld or torch cut on or near the motor frame withoutremoving hydraulic accumulators.

Page 189: D811000252-MAN-001

March 8, 2001

4-38 TDS-4S Maintenance and Troubleshooting

Non-SwingGuide Dolly

(TDS Removed for clarity)

Grease Fittings

Grease Fittings

GreaseFitting(20)

Figure 4-12. Lubricating the non-swing guide dolly assembly

Page 190: D811000252-MAN-001

TDS-4S Maintenance and Troubleshooting 4-39

GreaseFitting(20)

GreaseFitting

Grease Fittings

Grease Fittings

SwingGuide Dolly

GreaseFitting

Figure 4-13. Lubricating the swing guide dolly assembly

Page 191: D811000252-MAN-001

March 8, 2001

4-40 TDS-4S Maintenance and Troubleshooting

Retract Guide Dolly

Grease Fittings

Grease Fittings

GreaseFitting(28)

(TDS Removed for clarity)

Figure 4-14. Lubricating the retract guide dolly assembly

Page 192: D811000252-MAN-001

TDS-4S Maintenance and Troubleshooting 4-41

Lubricating the bail pins

Lubricate the bail pins weekly, at the same time the dollyrollers are lubricated, at the two fittings, one on each bail pin(Figure 4-15).

Bail

Bail Pin Bail Pin

Grease Fitting Grease Fitting

Figure 4-15. Lubricating the bail pins

Page 193: D811000252-MAN-001

March 8, 2001

4-42 TDS-4S Maintenance and Troubleshooting

Lubricating the cooling system

Lubricate AC blower motors every three months (Figure 4-16).On rigs with closed loop cooling systems (Figure 4-17) also checkthe heat exchangers for water leakage weekly, and remove theaccess covers and operate the blower to remove dust buildup every500 operating hours.

Transmission Cooler

Explosion Proof AC Blower Motor

Grease Fitting

Grease Fitting

Motor Cooling Blower

Figure 4-16. Lubricating the local cooling system

Page 194: D811000252-MAN-001

TDS-4S Maintenance and Troubleshooting 4-43

Heat ExchangerHeat Exchanger

Motor Cooling BlowerMotor Cooling Blower

Grease Fitting Grease Fitting

Explosion Proof AC Blower Motor

Figure 4-17. Lubricating the closed loop cooling system

Page 195: D811000252-MAN-001

March 8, 2001

4-44 TDS-4S Maintenance and Troubleshooting

Lubrication schedule

Frequency Location Lubricant code* Number of points

Daily Bonnet seal 1 2Daily Torque wrench (PH-85) 1 6Daily Gearbox oil (check level) 2 1Daily Rotating head 1 5Daily Safety valve actuator cranks 1 2Daily Hydraulic pressure filter † – –Daily Wash pipe assembly 1 1

Each trip BNC drill pipe elevator 1 7Each trip Guide dolly rollers (Retract ‡) 1 20

Weekly Gearbox (shift gears) - -Weekly Dolly motor trunnions 1 2Weekly Air filter/regulator/lubricator † – –Weekly IBOP actuator arms 1 6Weekly Link adapter (650-Ton) 1 4Weekly Elevator support 1 7Weekly Master bushing wear guide 1 4Weekly Link tilt (check condition)Weekly Bail pins 1 2

750 hrs/90 days GE drilling motor pinion bearing 31,500 hrs/6 mos. GE drilling motor commutator bearing 3

Monthly Motor frame/dolly hinges (Retract ‡) 1 4Monthly Cooling system cleaning – –

3 months AC blower motor 1 23 months Change gearbox oil 2 13 months Gear oil filter/suction strainer † – 1

* See Table 4-1, Recommended lubricants† Check condition and replace as necessary‡ Refer to Retract Guide Dolly supplement

e Use only 10-wt. hydraulic oil or non-detergent motor oil as alubricant in the air control system. Using any other type of oil orsynthetic additive causes the seals in the air valves to swell and ceaseto function.

Page 196: D811000252-MAN-001

TDS-4S Maintenance and Troubleshooting 4-45

Lubricant specifications

TDS-4S transmissions operate under a combination of heavy andshock loads. Under these conditions oil tends to extrude out ofthe gear mesh. Keeping an effective film of oil on the gear meshrequires oil with an AGMA “extra pressure” rating, and aminimum viscosity of 100 SUS at operating temperature.

Varco top drives also operate under a wide variety oftemperatures. Select lubrication for the TDS based on theminimum ambient temperature to be expected before the next oilchange. Under all but the most severe operating conditions,Varco recommends changing the oil every three months.Introducing an oil viscosity greater than required by the ambienttemperature can:

❏ Damage the gearbox due to reduced oil flow

❏ Damage the oil pump because of excessive load

All oils change viscosity with temperature and EP oil is noexception. The TDS transmission lubrication system is limited topumping oils of a maximum of 9,000 SUS viscosity.

Varco recommends measuring the oil temperature with a contactthermometer. Measure on the pump discharge fitting on the TDS.

The following tables will aid in your lubricant selection and keepyour TDS-4S transmission operating properly:

Minimum ambient temperature°F °C Oil type required Varco P/N

Below 20° -6° See note below See note below

20° to 60° -6 to 16° 2EP, ISO 68 56004-1

45° to 85° 7° to 30° 4EP, ISO 150 56004-BSC

Above 70° 21° 6EP, ISO 320 56004-2

z For minimum temperatures below 20°F, the TDS must bewarmed up by rotating at a very light load (less than 200 Amps)and at very slow speeds (less than 50 rpm) until the oiltemperature climbs above 20°F.

Page 197: D811000252-MAN-001

March 8, 2001

4-46 TDS-4S Maintenance and Troubleshooting

If the oil temperature falls below 20°F, Varco recommendsrunning the TDS at very light loads (less than 100 Amps) untilthe oil is above 20°F. If drilling conditions dictate oiltemperatures below 20°F, consult Varco engineering.

If the oil temperature rises above 200°F, Varco recommendsshutting down or reducing drilling loads to stabilize the oiltemperature below 200°F If drilling conditions dictate oiltemperatures above 200°F, consult Varco engineering.

Table 4-1. Recommended lubricants

General Purpose Grease

Above-4°F

(-20°C)

Below-4°F

(-20°C)

Above70°F

(21°C)

45° to 85°F(7° to 30°C)

20° to 60°F(-6° to 16°C)

Ambienttemperaturerange

Castrol

Chevron

Exxon

Gulf

Mobil

Shell

Statoil

Texaco

Total

Union

NGLI

AGMA

ISO ViscosityGrade

MP grease

Avi-Motive

Lidok EP2

Gulf Crown EP32

Mobilux EP2

Alvania EP2

Uniway EP2N

Multifak EP2

Multis EP2

Unoba EP2

2

-

-

-

Avi-Motive W

Lidok EP1

Gulf Crown EP31

Mobilux EP1

Alvania EP1

Uniway EP1N

Multifak EP1

Multis EP1

Unoba EP1

1

-

-

Alpha LS-320

NL Gear 320

Spartan EP320

EP Lube HD320

MobilGear 632

Omala 320

Loadway EP320

Meropa 320

Carter EP 320

Extra Duty NL6EP

-

6EP

320

Alpha -150

NL Gear 150

Spartan EP150

EP Lube HD150

MobilGear 629

Omala 150

Loadway EP150

Meropa 150

Carter EP 150

Extra Duty NL4EP

-

4EP

150

Alpha LS-68

NL Gear 68

Spartan EP68

EP Lube HD68

MobilGear 626

Omala 68

Statoil

Meropa 68

Carter EP 68

Extra Duty NL2EP

-

2EP

68

Lube Code and Description

Gear Oil

1 2

Page 198: D811000252-MAN-001

TDS-4S Maintenance and Troubleshooting 4-47

Table 4-1. Recommended lubricants (continued)

14° to 185°F(-10° to 85°C)

5° to 167°F(-15° to 75°C)

Alltemperatures

Ambienttemperaturerange

Castrol

Chevron

Exxon

Gulf

Mobil

Shell

Statoil

Texaco

Total

Union

NGLI

AGMA

ISO ViscosityGrade

N/R

Black Pearl

N/R

N/R

N/R

N/R

N/R

N/R

N/R

N/R

2

-

-

Hyspin AWS-46

AW Hyd oil 46

Nuto H46

Harmony 46AW

DTE 25

Tellus 46

Hydraway HMA 46

Rando oil HD46

Azolla ZS 46

Unax AW46

-

-

46

Hyspin AWS-32

AW Hyd oil 32

Nuto H32

Harmony 32AW

DTE 24

Tellus 32

Hydraway HMA 32

Rando oil HD32

Azolla ZS 32

Unax AW32

-

-

32

Lube Code and Description

Motor Grease Hydraulic Oil

3 4

Bio-degradable

5

Page 199: D811000252-MAN-001

March 8, 2001

4-48 TDS-4S Maintenance and Troubleshooting

Page 200: D811000252-MAN-001

TDS-4S Maintenance and Troubleshooting 4-49

Chapter 3

Maintenance

Adjustment procedures

Adjusting the torque wrenchUse the following procedure to adjust the pipehandler torquewrench:

e The pipehandler torque wrench is properly adjusted and tested in thefactory before it is shipped. Perform the adjustment procedure afterperforming maintenance on the torque wrench or if the torquewrench does not function correctly.

1. Connect a pup joint or joint of drill pipe to the saver sub andmakeup hand tight. Be sure to use the correct threadcompound when making up.

z When adjusting torque wrench manifold needle valves, loosen thelocknut around the valve stem and use a 5/32 in. hex wrench toadjust the valve. After obtaining desired setting tighten locknutaround valve stem.

Page 201: D811000252-MAN-001

March 8, 2001

4-50 TDS-4S Maintenance and Troubleshooting

2. With the HPU off, screw the RECYCLE, CLAMP, andTORQUE sequence valves on the torque wrench manifoldfully in (Figure 4-18).

3. Fully back out the Pressure Reducing Valve (PRV), then screwin one turn.

4. Turn the LIFT/LOWER flow control valve fully in, and thenback it out three turns.

5. Turn on the HPU.

6. If the torque cylinders are in their full clockwise position, setthe Make/Break valve to MAKE. If they are in their fullcounterclockwise position, set Make/Break valve to BREAK.Note that torque cylinders should not move if the recyclesequence valve is fully in.

7. Slowly back out the RECYCLE sequence valve until torquecylinders just start to move, then screw out an additionalfull turn.

BREAK MAKE

PRVTORQUECLAMPRECYCLE

LIFT LOWER

PSI

Ft.Lbs. x1000

0

1020

30

4050 60

70

8090

1000

500

1000 1500

2000

2500®

Make/BreakValve

Torque WrenchManifold

TorqueSequence

Valve

ClampSequence

Valve

RecycleSequence

Valve

HydraulicPressureReturn

HydraulicPressure

Inlet

Lift/LowerFlow Control

Valve

Torque Gauge0 - 2500 PSI

Figure 4-18. Torque wrench control manifold

Page 202: D811000252-MAN-001

TDS-4S Maintenance and Troubleshooting 4-51

8. Move the Make/Break valve to BREAK. Set the PRVto 750 psi.

9. Switch the lever between MAKE and BREAK to adjust theRECYCLE sequence valve until full rotation in each directiontakes six to eight seconds. Tighten the locknut around theRECYCLE sequence valve adjustment screw.

10. Set the Make/Break valve to MAKE.

11. Depress and hold the torque wrench operating button on theVDC. The torque wrench should lift and the clamp jawsshould remain retracted.

12. Slowly back out the CLAMP sequence valve until the clampjaws just begin to clamp onto the tool joint. Screw out anadditional half turn. Lock the CLAMP sequence valveadjustment screw in position by tightening the locknut.

13. Back out the TORQUE sequence valve until the torquecylinders just begin to stroke, then back out an additional halfturn. Tighten the locknut around the TORQUE sequencevalve adjustment screw.

14. Release the torque wrench operating button on the VDC.The torque wrench should start to unclamp and drop, thenthe torque cylinders should recycle.

15. If the torque cylinders recycle before the clamp cylindersretract, screw in the RECYCLE sequence valve until thetorque cylinders do not move before clamp cylinders havefully retracted. Tighten the RECYCLE sequence valveadjustment screw locknut.

16. Cycle the torque wrench as many times as required to makeupthe connection.

17. Set the Make/Break valve to BREAK.

18. Verify that the torque wrench correctly breaks out the drillpipe from the saver sub, without breaking out the saver sub orlower IBOP.

19. The torque wrench is ready for operation.

Page 203: D811000252-MAN-001

March 8, 2001

4-52 TDS-4S Maintenance and Troubleshooting

Adjusting the upper safety valve(IBOP) and safety valve actuatorsystemRefer to the IBOP Service Manual for upper IBOP and safetyvalve actuator system adjustment procedures.

Adjusting the counterbalancesystemLeave the HPU on during the entire adjustment procedure, anddisconnect the TDS from the drill string near the bottom of therails, but well off the stops.

1. Remove the caps and loosen the lock nuts on the needle valveand PRV located on the counterbalance manifold (Figure 4-19). It is not necessary to remove the front guard for access tothe manifold. A small amount of oil will leak around theadjusting stems after removing the caps.

2. Open the needle valve and let the stem circulate for twominutes. Crack both upper cylinder fittings and bleed airfrom system. Tighten the fittings. Close the needle valve.

3. Using a hex wrench, screw in the PRV until the cylinderretracts, raising the TDS.

4. Slowly back out the PRV. The pressure decreases and thecylinder rods begin extending. When the integrated swivelbail contacts the hook, note the pressure on the gauge. Allowthe pressure to decrease an additional 25 psi and tighten thelocknut. Replace the caps on the valve adjustment stem.

Page 204: D811000252-MAN-001

TDS-4S Maintenance and Troubleshooting 4-53

Upper Motor FrameCrossmember

Pressure ReducingValve

PressureGauge

Needle Valve(on opposite side)

Figure 4-19. Counterbalance manifold

Page 205: D811000252-MAN-001

March 8, 2001

4-54 TDS-4S Maintenance and Troubleshooting

Adjusting the motor alignmentcylinder systemOnce the alignment cylinder is installed, use the followingprocedure to properly adjust the motor alignment beforeoperating TDS systems that have a separate alignment cylinderaccumulator and valve manifold.

1. With the HPU turned off, bleed down the alignment cylinderaccumulator by opening the needle valve located at thealignment cylinder valve manifold (Figures 4-20 and 4-21).

2. Remove the split shipping brace from the motor alignmentcylinder (Figure 4-22).

3. Turn on the HPU and allow the system to circulate forapproximately two minutes.

4. Close the needle valve.

5. Open the two flow control valves located at the alignmentcylinder supply return lines 1-1/2 turns off their seats.

Page 206: D811000252-MAN-001

TDS-4S Maintenance and Troubleshooting 4-55

Alignment CylinderLug (ref)

Pressure ReducingValve

Needle Valve

Motor Frame (ref)

AlignmentCylinderManifold

Accumulator

BracketGas Valve

Figure 4-20. Typical motor alignment cylinder valve manifold

Page 207: D811000252-MAN-001

March 8, 2001

4-56 TDS-4S Maintenance and Troubleshooting

Pressure Reducing Valve(PRV)

Directional Control Valve(Operation Switch)

Prefill Valve Assembly

Needle Valve

Motor Frame (ref)

Alignment CylinderValve Manifold

Accumulator

Bracket

Gas Valve

Figure 4-21. Motor alignment cylinder valve manifold

Page 208: D811000252-MAN-001

TDS-4S Maintenance and Troubleshooting 4-57

Motor AlignmentCylinder

MotorFrame Dolly (Ref)

ShippingBrace

Figure 4-22. Motor alignment cylinder

Page 209: D811000252-MAN-001

March 8, 2001

4-58 TDS-4S Maintenance and Troubleshooting

z The pressure setting is adjusted by screwing the PRV in or outwith a hex wrench (Figure 4-19). Screwing in the valve increasespressure and moves the saver sub toward the rails. Backing out thePRV reduces pressure and moves the saver sub away from the rails(see additional notes at the end of this procedure).

6. Verify the correct pressure setting using the followingprocedure:

a. With the HPU on, back down the pressure using the PRVuntil the saver sub begins to pivot away from the rails.Record this pressure.

b. Slowly increase the pressure until the saver sub no longermoves closer to the rails as pressure increases. At this time,the cylinder should be in a “dead band” area.

c. Slowly increase the pressure until the saver sub begins tomove toward the rails again. Record the pressure readingwhen this occurs.

d. To determine the correct pressure setting, add the averagepressure readings from steps a and c above and divide by two.The resulting pressure “dead band” provides equal pre-loadin each direction – both toward and away from the rails.

e. Record the pressure setting for future reference.

7. Set a joint of drill pipe in the slips.

8. Bring the top drive down as if stabbing the saver sub into thebox. The pin and the box should be in alignment so that theOD of the pin clears the shoulder of the box. If adjustment isnecessary, use the following procedure:

a. Measure how far and in what direction (toward or awayfrom the rails) the pin must move to line up with drillpipe box.

b. Turn off the HPU and bleed down the alignment cylinderaccumulator. This allows the motor alignment cylinder torelax and the motor to rotate on its trunnions, until theswivel contacts the motor frame.

c. Loosen the lock tab and jam nut on the cylinder clevis.

Page 210: D811000252-MAN-001

TDS-4S Maintenance and Troubleshooting 4-59

d. Use a wrench on the cylinder rod flats to screw the rodinto or out of the clevis, in the same direction the saversub pin is to be moved. A 1/4 in. of pin movement resultsfrom a 3/4 turn of the rod. The alignment cylinder rodextension should be 2 3/8 ± 1/8 in. gland to rod threadswhen the system is properly aligned.

e. Secure the jam nut and lock tab.

f. The nominal position of the two flow control valves is1-1/2 turns off their seats. Should heavy drill pipevibration be encountered, first attempt to control it withnon-rotating stabilizers in the casing close to the surface.If motor movement becomes excessive due to continuedvibration (more than 1/2 in. of cylinder stroke), the flowcontrol valves may be closed to 3/4 turn off their seats.

g. Tighten the lock nuts and replace the caps on all valve stems.

z If the alignment cylinder is removed for service, install thealignment cylinder replacement brace to support the motorhousing assembly while continuing to operate the TDS. Afterreinstalling the alignment cylinder, use the three bleed holes(located along top of cylinder barrel) to remove air trapped in thecylinder.

Rail spacing and setback from the centerline of the well must beheld within recommended tolerances in order to maintain verticalalignment of the TDS.

Page 211: D811000252-MAN-001

March 8, 2001

4-60 TDS-4S Maintenance and Troubleshooting

Precharging thecounterbalance systemPlease read these instructions completely before precharging,making note of the special cautions at the end of the section.

1. Use an inert gas such as nitrogen for prechargingaccumulators. If oil-pumped is not available, use dry, water-pumped nitrogen gas.

2. Before precharging, make certain:

a. The accumulator end caps are screwed flush into theaccumulator body.

b. The gas valve is screwed in tight.

c. No oil remains trapped in the top end of the accumulator.

3. Remove the gas valve protector and the gas valve cap.

4. Attach the charging hose to the nitrogen bottle and to the gasvalve using the following procedure:

a. Use thread sealing and lubricating compound on the pipethreads of the gauge.

b. Back the gas chuck stem completely out of the way beforeattaching the assembly to the accumulator gas valve.

c. Use a wrench to tighten the gas chuck swivel nut onto thegas valve. Close the bleeder valve.

d. Turn the gas chuck stem all of the way down, depressingthe core in the accumulator gas valve.

e. Only crack open the nitrogen bottle valve to slowly fill theaccumulator. Shut it off when the gauge indicates 900 psi.

f. If the 900 psi precharge pressure is exceeded, make surethe nitrogen bottle valve is closed, then open the bleedervalve (opposite the gas valve below the gauge) slightly, butonly momentarily, to reduce pressure.

g. Before loosening the swivel nut, turn the gas chuck stemout all of the way, then open the bleeder valve.

h. Prevent the gas valve from turning, loosen swivel nut, andremove the assembly.

5. When precharging is complete, replace the cap on the gasvalve and install the gas valve protector.

Page 212: D811000252-MAN-001

TDS-4S Maintenance and Troubleshooting 4-61

e Do not loop or twist hose as it stiffens when gas pressure is releasedfrom nitrogen bottles.

Never loosen the swivel nut attached to the gas valve in theaccumulator without first backing the gas chuck stem all of the wayout.

Do not reduce accumulator precharge by depressing valve core (highpressure may rupture rubber valve seat). Instead, slowly turn gas valveout until gas begins to escape through bleed hole drilled throughthreads of valve. This hole is a safety feature, it warns of storedpressure whenever gas valve is being removed. Install new gas valveO-ring each time gas valve is removed.

Page 213: D811000252-MAN-001

March 8, 2001

4-62 TDS-4S Maintenance and Troubleshooting

Assembly and disassembly

Pipehandler

Torque wrench disassemblyFor PH-85, see Figures 4-23, 4-24, 4-25, and 4-26.For PH-60d, see Figure 4-27.

1. Remove the guard.

2. Disconnect the hard plumbing from the quick disconnectsnear the left torque cylinder.

3. Remove the bolts holding the frame onto the cast body andlift off.

4. Remove the pins holding the torque tube in place and remove.

5. Disconnect and label the hoses from the torque cylinders andremove the cylinders.

6. Disconnect and label the remaining plumbing, and removethe Make/Break manifold assembly.

7. Remove the jaws.

8. Remove the stabbing guide.

9. Remove the retaining bolts, hinge pins and outer body.

10. Remove the cylinder ring from the clamping piston bore.

11. Pressurize the blind end of the clamping cylinder to removethe gland and piston.

e Use care in this operation. High pressure air can be explosive.

Page 214: D811000252-MAN-001

TDS-4S Maintenance and Troubleshooting 4-63

Var co

Torque Cylinders

Torque Tube

Figure 4-23. PH-85 torque wrench assembly/disassembly

Page 215: D811000252-MAN-001

March 8, 2001

4-64 TDS-4S Maintenance and Troubleshooting

Clamp Cylinder Pistons

Body

Clamping Jaws

Stabbing Guide

Clamp Cylinder Body

Figure 4-24. PH-85 torque wrench assembly/disassembly

Page 216: D811000252-MAN-001

TDS-4S Maintenance and Troubleshooting 4-65

HangingHeight

Adjustment

Guard

Frame

Safety ValveActuatingCylinder

(2)

Mounting Shaft

VerticalPositioning

Cylinder

Figure 4-25. PH-85 torque wrench assembly/disassembly

Page 217: D811000252-MAN-001

March 8, 2001

4-66 TDS-4S Maintenance and Troubleshooting

Figure 4-26. PH-85 torque wrench assembly/disassembly(optional link retractor)

Page 218: D811000252-MAN-001

TDS-4S Maintenance and Troubleshooting 4-67

MountingShaft

Guard

TorqueCylinder (2)

Clamp Cylinder Body

Control Manifold

ClampingCylinderPiston

ClampingJaws (2)

StabbingGuide

Body

Stop Tube

TorqueTube

Safety ValveActuatingArm (2)

Frame

VerticalPositingCylinder

Safety ValveActuating

Cylinders (2)

Hanging HeightAdjustment Shim

TorqueTube

Stabilizer

Figure 27. PH-60d torque wrench assembly/disassembly

Page 219: D811000252-MAN-001

March 8, 2001

4-68 TDS-4S Maintenance and Troubleshooting

Reassembly is accomplished in the reverse order of the aboveprocedure. Pay close attention to the following points:

1. Replace all seals.

2. Take great care when installing the clamping piston andgland. If they are not closely aligned with the bore, they maybecome jammed and could be extremely difficult to remove.

3. Use the following torque values:

Cylinder rod end to cylinder rod* 944 ft lb

Frame to clamp cylinder body 250 ft lb

Stabbing guide to body 250 ft lb

Die retainer screws 380 ft lb

Body hinge pin retainer screws 150 ft lb

Stabbing guide spring retainer screws 75 ft lb

Jaw retaining screws 110 ft lb

*The torque cylinder rod ends are threaded into the rods withlocktite and cross pinned.

Replacing the torque wrench clamping piston seal

The following procedures require that the torque wrench beremoved from the pipehandler.

Replacing the front and rear piston seals

Parts required front and rear piston seal replacement:

Qty. P/N Description

3 72219 Piston seal

2 72220 Rod seal

2 72221 Rod wiper

Disassembly

1. Remove the slotted hex nut and cotter pin attaching the twohalves of the stabbing guide together at the front and swingthe guides out to each side.

2. Vent the clamping cylinder as follows: disconnect thehydraulic lines to the clamp port and front unclamp port onthe clamp body cylinder at the torque wrench manifold clampand unclamp ports.

Page 220: D811000252-MAN-001

TDS-4S Maintenance and Troubleshooting 4-69

3. Remove the jaw pins from the rear clamping jaw and removethe jaw.

4. Remove the two screws holding the jaw spacer to the frontclamp cylinder piston and remove the spacer and jaw spacer.

5. Remove the two screws holding the clamp clevis to the rearclamp cylinder piston.

6. Remove the pins holding the clamp body to the clamp clevisand remove the clamp clevis. Be sure to remove the spacerfrom the piston rod slot.

7. Push in the cylinder gland from the rear cylinder headretainer ring and remove the ring with a screwdriver.

8. Attach the sliding hammer to the rear piston rod and carefullypull the piston until the cylinder gland can be removed.

9. Continue to pull until the piston comes out.

10. Using a piece of wood or brass bar, tap the front clamp pistonfrom the front and remove it from the rear.

11. Remove and discard the piston seals, rod seals, and rodwipers.

12. Remove the front piston rod seal and rod wiper from theclamp cylinder body and discard.

13. Inspect the clamp cylinder bore thoroughly for dirt, burrs,nicks, gouges, and pitting. Repair and clean as necessary.

Assembly

1. Insert a new front rod seal and rod wiper in the clampcylinder body and lubricate with clean hydraulic fluid.

2. Install a new piston seal in the front piston groove andlubricate with hydraulic fluid.

3. Insert the front piston into the clamp cylinder body with thetwo jaw spacer screw holes orientated vertically.

4. Gently and evenly tap the piston into place until the rodappears beyond the front cylinder bore.

Page 221: D811000252-MAN-001

March 8, 2001

4-70 TDS-4S Maintenance and Troubleshooting

5. Install a new piston seal in the rear piston groove andlubricate with hydraulic fluid.

6. Insert the rear piston into the clamp cylinder body with thetwo screws holes on the rod oriented to the horizontalposition.

7. Gently tap piston into place until there is enough spacebetween the piston face and retaining ring groove to insertcylinder gland and retainer ring.

8. Install the rod seal and rod wiper in the inside grooves of thecylinder gland.

9. Install the piston seal in the outside groove.

10. Lubricate all seals with hydraulic fluid.

11. Insert cylinder gland into the bore rod and piston seals first.Push the gland past retainer groove and install the retainerring.

12. Insert the spacer and attach the clamp clevis to the rearcylinder rod with the two hex head cap screws and flatwashers. Tighten firmly and lockwire.

13. Adjust orientation of the clamp clevis and attach to the clampbody using the two clevis pins and cotter pins.

14. Attach the rear clamping jaw spacer to the front piston rodusing the spacer and two hex head cap screws and flatwashers. Tighten firmly and lockwire.

15. Attach the clamping jaw with the two jaw pins.

16 Swing the stabbing guide back into position and attach withthe slotted nut and cotter pin.

17. Reconnect the hydraulic lines from the clamp body cylinderclamp port and front unclamp port at the torque wrenchmanifold clamp and unclamp ports.

18. Reinstall and adjust the torque wrench(refer to Adjusting the torque wrench earlier in this chapter).

Page 222: D811000252-MAN-001

TDS-4S Maintenance and Troubleshooting 4-71

Replacing the standard rotating headglyd rings

z Rotary glyd ring replacement is indicated when hydraulic oil isdetected in the pipehandler air supply. An indication of oilcontaminating the air supply would be an accumulation of oil inthe link tilt air actuator (bag).

The following disassembly and assembly procedures assume thatthe TDS is swung out for maintenance in accordance with theTDS swing out procedures (refer to TDS swing out procedure inChapter 1 of this book). Refer to Figures 4-28 and 4-29, whenperforming the following procedures.

Stationary Flange

Locking Lever

Glyd Ring (8)

Auto-ReturnCylinder

Swivel Block

Cam

Cam Follower

Torque ArrestorLocation

Torque Wrench Hanger(Lug not shown)

Figure 4-28. 650-Ton rotating head assembly

Page 223: D811000252-MAN-001

March 8, 2001

4-72 TDS-4S Maintenance and Troubleshooting

Disassembly

1. Order eight replacement glyd rings, two gearcase seals, oneflange gasket, and one excluder cap gasket from Varco.Contact the nearest Varco Service Center for details aboutbuilding an appropriate stand for working on the rotatinghead when removed from the TDS for service ormaintenance.

2. Disconnect the hydraulic and air hoses from the rotating headrotating block to the various pipehandler components.

3. Support the torque wrench.

4. Disconnect the IBOP actuator arms and hoses.

5. Remove the pin attaching the hanger to the rotating blockclevis, and remove the torque wrench.

6. Support the link tilt and link adapter assembly whileremoving the pins attaching the torque arrestors to therotating block.

7. Remove the torque arrestors, link tilt and link adapter.

8. Place the rotating head stand, built prior to disassembly,under the TDS and lower the TDS until the rotating headrests on the stand.

9. Remove the flange nuts and lift the block, leaving the rotatinghead on the stand.

10. Remove the quick disconnect fittings from the rotating blockhydraulic lines and drain the hydraulic fluid from the system.

11. Remove the cotter pin from the return cylinder clevis pin.

12. Remove the hex-slotted nut and remove the clevis pin.

13. Push the cam follower away from the rotating block cam.

14. Remove the safety wire from the ten hex-head screwsattaching the rotating block to the stationary flange.

15. Support the rotating block and remove the ten screws.

16. Remove the rotating block and glyd rings.

17. Remove the excluder cap and gasket.

18. Remove the glyd rings from the rotating block and discard.

19. Remove excluder cap gasket and replace with new gasket.

Page 224: D811000252-MAN-001

TDS-4S Maintenance and Troubleshooting 4-73

������������������������������������

������������

����

C

Hex Nut

ReturnCylinder

Rod End Detail

ExcluderCap

Excluder CapGasket

Retainer Ring

Glyd Ring (8)

Cam

Ball Bearing

Stationary Flange

Bull GearLip Seal

Cam Assembly

Return Cylinder

Cam

Locking Handle

ReturnCylinder

Clevis Pin

Ball Bearing

Cotter Pin

Cylinder Clevis

Detail C

Figure 4-29. Replacing the 650-Ton rotating head glyd rings

Page 225: D811000252-MAN-001

March 8, 2001

4-74 TDS-4S Maintenance and Troubleshooting

Assembly

1. Lubricate the eight new glyd rings with hydraulic fluid andinsert them into the glyd ring grooves inside the rotatingblock.

2. Place the excluder cap and gasket on the bottom of therotating block.

3. Using a tugger or other support, carefully mate the rotatingblock to the stationary flange.

4. Reinstall the ten hex-head screws and torque to 250 ft lb.

5. Safety wire the screws per standard safety wire procedures.

6. Reinstall the quick disconnect hydraulic fittings on therotating block.

7. Attach the return cylinder rod to the clevis with the clevis pinand install the slotted hex-head nut and cotter pin.

8. Reinstall the pipehandler components per the proceduresdetailed in the Installation and Commissioning book.

Page 226: D811000252-MAN-001

TDS-4S Maintenance and Troubleshooting 4-75

Replacing the powered rotating headglyd ringsRefer to the assembly drawings when performing the followingprocedures.

Disassembly

1. Order eleven replacement glyd rings, two gearcase seals, oneflange gasket, and one excluder cap gasket from Varco.Contact the nearest Varco Service Center for details aboutbuilding an appropriate stand for working on the rotatinghead when removed from the TDS for service ormaintenance.

2. Disconnect the hydraulic and air hoses from the rotating headrotating block to the various pipehandler components.

3. Support the torque wrench.

4. Disconnect the IBOP actuator arms and hoses.

5. Remove the pin attaching the hanger to the rotating blockclevis, and remove the torque wrench.

6. Support the link tilt and link adapter assembly whileremoving the pins attaching the torque arrestors to therotating block.

7. Remove the torque arrestors, link tilt, and link adapter.

8. Place the rotating head stand, built prior to disassembly,under the TDS and lower the TDS until the rotating headrests on the stand.

9. Remove the flange nuts and lift the block, leaving the rotatinghead on the stand.

10. Remove the quick disconnect fittings from the rotating blockhydraulic lines and drain the hydraulic fluid from the system.

11. Remove the cotter pin from the return cylinder clevis pin.

12. Remove the hex-slotted nut and remove the clevis pin.

13. Remove the hydraulic motor assembly.

14. Remove the safety wire from the ten hex-head screwsattaching the rotating block to the stationary flange.

Page 227: D811000252-MAN-001

March 8, 2001

4-76 TDS-4S Maintenance and Troubleshooting

15. Support the rotating block and remove the ten screws.

16. Remove the rotating block and glyd rings.

17. Remove the excluder cap and gasket.

18. Remove the glyd rings from the rotating block and discard.

19. Remove excluder cap gasket and replace with new gasket.

Assembly

1. Lubricate the eleven new glyd rings with hydraulic fluid andinsert them into the glyd ring grooves inside the rotatingblock.

2. Place the excluder cap and gasket on the bottom of therotating block.

3. Using a tugger or other support, carefully mate the rotatingblock to the stationary flange.

4. Reinstall the ten hex-head screws and torque to 250 ft lb.

5. Safety wire the screws per standard safety wire procedures.

6. Reinstall the QD hydraulic fittings on the rotating block.

7. Reinstall the hydraulic motor assembly.

8. Reinstall the pipehandler components per the proceduresdetailed in the Installation and Commissioning book.

Page 228: D811000252-MAN-001

TDS-4S Maintenance and Troubleshooting 4-77

Replacing the standard or extended reachlink tilt air actuatorThe link tilt mechanism has two air actuators. Use the followingprocedure to replace one air actuator (Figures 4-30 and 4-31).

Parts required: One air actuator (P/N 82353)

18 Button head cap screws (P/N 50186-10-01)

Disassembly

1. Disconnect the air hose from the rotating head rotating blockto the link tilt assembly.

2. Support the link tilt and remove the two upper and two lowerscrews attaching the link tilt to the link adapter.

3. Lower the link tilt to the floor with the air actuator to bereplaced facing up.

4. Remove the cotter key and pin from one end of chainconnecting the two sealing plates.

5. Remove the safety wire from the four hex-head cap screwsholding the air actuator sealing plate to the link tilt base orlever and remove the screws.

6. Lift the lever or base off the air actuator sealing plate, androtate it 180° on the link tilt pivot pin and lay down.

7. Remove the nuts and washers holding the sealing plate to theair actuator and remove the plate.

8. Using a pry bar or screwdriver, pry the air actuator away fromthe screws, attach the actuator to the hanger plate and removethe screws using a hex wrench.

9. Remove and discard the air actuator.

10. Remove any burrs or gouges on sealing surfaces of the hangerand sealing plates.

Page 229: D811000252-MAN-001

March 8, 2001

4-78 TDS-4S Maintenance and Troubleshooting

Lever Weldment

Sealing Plate (2)

Sealing PlateBolt (4)

Lever

Elevator Link (Ref)

Stop ReleaseLoop

IntermediateStop (2)

Pivot Pin

Nuts, LockWashers (18)

Air Actuator

Base

PressureRegulator

QuickExhaustValve

ButtonheadCapscrew (18)

Stop Pivot Arm

Connecting Chain

Figure 4-30. Standard reach link tilt assembly/disassembly

Page 230: D811000252-MAN-001

TDS-4S Maintenance and Troubleshooting 4-79

Lever Weldment

Sealing Plate (2)

SealingPlate

Bolt (4)

Lever

Elevator Link (Ref) Stop ReleaseLoop

IntermediateStop (2)

Pivot Pin

Nuts, LockWashers (18)

Air Actuator (2)

Hanger Plate

Base

PressureRegulator

QuickExhaust

Valve

Stop Pivot Arm

Connecting Chain

Figure 4-31. Extended reach link tilt assembly/disassembly

Page 231: D811000252-MAN-001

March 8, 2001

4-80 TDS-4S Maintenance and Troubleshooting

Assembly

1. Place a new actuator on the hanger plate.

2. Attach the air actuator to the hanger plate with the 18buttonhead cap screws. Coat the screw threads with locktitebefore installation.

e The air actuator has aluminum neck bead rings on both sealingsurfaces. These beads must be compressed equally to ensure a good airseal. This requires more than one tightening pass to accomplish.Over-torquing may cause hex sockets to strip.

4. Torque the cap screws to the hanger plate at 80 ft lb.

5. Insert the 18 bolts into the neck ring of the air actuator.

6. Reinstall the air actuator sealing plate, coat the bolt threadswith locktite and fasten with the lockwashers and nutsprovided.

7. Torque the nuts to the sealing plate at 80 ft lb.(See Caution above.)

8. Lift and rotate the link tilt lever or base to line up with the airactuator sealing plate. Attach with the four hex-head capscrews and torque to 250 ft lb.

9. Safety wire the four screws.

10. Reconnect the chain between the two sealing plates.

11. Reinstall and adjust the link tilt per the Installation andCommissioning book.

Page 232: D811000252-MAN-001

TDS-4S Maintenance and Troubleshooting 4-81

Removing the tong dies

Front jaw1. Remove the cotter pin from the retaining bolts

and slotted nut.

2. Remove the nuts securing the die retainer to the jaw.

3. Remove the die retainer from the jaw.

4. Remove the tong dies from the jaw.

Rear jaw1. On the rear jaw, remove the cotter pins from the retaining

bolts and slotted nuts.

2. Support the retaining bolt while removing the slotted nut.

3. Remove the retaining bolt from the piston jaw.

4. Support the remaining retaining bolt while removing theslotted nut and upper die retainer.

5. Remove the retaining bolt and lower die retainer.

6. Remove the tong dies from the jaw.

Page 233: D811000252-MAN-001

March 8, 2001

4-82 TDS-4S Maintenance and Troubleshooting

Removing the jaws

Front jaw1. Loosen the socket head cap screws securing the jaw assembly

to the torque wrench body.

2. Support the jaw and remove the socket-head cap screws andwashers from the jaw assembly and the torque wrench body.

3. Remove the front jaw assembly from the torque wrench body.

Rear jaw1. Loosen the socket head cap screws securing the jaw assembly

to the piston.

2. Support the jaw assembly and remove the socket-head capscrews and washers from the jaw assembly and piston.

3. Remove the rear jaw assembly from the piston.

Upper safety valve (IBOP)Refer to the IBOP Service Manual for IBOP valve assembly anddisassembly procedures.

Lower safety valve (IBOP)Refer to the IBOP Service Manual for IBOP valve assembly anddisassembly procedures.

Page 234: D811000252-MAN-001

TDS-4S Maintenance and Troubleshooting 4-83

Removing the motor assemblyfrom the guide dolly

You can perform some service procedures on top drives (i.e. upperdrive stem bearing and seal, air brake or locally mounted coolingsystem) without removing the drilling motor assembly from thedolly. If service is required on the lower end (i.e. gear set, lowerbearings or seals), the drilling motor must be removed from the dolly.

1. Set the TDS down horizontally on a good flat surface.

2. Make sure none of the components protrude past the guidedolly roller brackets before setting the TDS down. If so, blockup the guide dolly accordingly.

3. Disconnect all wiring and hoses between transmission andguide dolly frame.

4. Remove any cooling ducts (heat exchanger, spark arrestor,etc.) that interfere with removing the transmission from guidedolly frame.

5. Use a suitable sling to support the weight of the TDS andmotor support bonnet (approximately 10,000 lb).

6. Take up the slack and remove the trunnion blocks that holdthe transmission to the guide dolly frame.

7. Hoist the transmission out of the guide dolly frame.

8. Set the TDS and motor support bonnet down on woodenchocks, being careful not to damage components.

9. Disconnect the wiring between the motor and motor supportbonnet.

10. Make sure the transmission is in neutral.

11. Remove the dowel pins in the motor feet.

12. Remove the four large motor bolts.

13. Lift the transmission off of the motor, angling the upper endslightly to clear the motor support bonnet, and sliding thehousing off of the motor toward the gearcase

14. Remove the blower and brake assemblies.

15. Reverse this procedure for reassembly.

Page 235: D811000252-MAN-001

March 8, 2001

4-84 TDS-4S Maintenance and Troubleshooting

Disassembly/assembly of thedrilling motor and motor supportbonnet1. Remove the upper bearing cover and grease seal

(Figure 4-32).

2. Pressurize the air brake to hold the drive mechanism in place.

3. Remove cotter pins, slotted nuts and the rotating head.

4. Remove the lower gearcase, carefully avoiding damage to thelower gearcase locator dowel pins.

5. Carefully remove the bull gear, avoiding damage to thebearing surfaces or wear sleeves. Do not remove the gear fromthe shaft unless you are replacing it.

6. Remove the pinion seal and retaining ring.

7. Remove the main body.

8. On the opposite end of the motor, remove the magneticpickup and brake cover.

9. Remove the brake for service.

Page 236: D811000252-MAN-001

TDS-4S Maintenance and Troubleshooting 4-85

HI

LO

Bull Gear

Lower GearCase

MotorAlignmentCylinder

Main Body

DCDrillingMotor

Air Brake

MotorPinion Seal

Shaft

HighGear

Assembly

Pinion GearManualShifterInput Geneva

Mechanism

LowGear

Assembly

GearSelectionIndicator

Oil LevelSight Glass

Figure 4-32. Drilling motor and motor support bonnet assembly/disassembly

Page 237: D811000252-MAN-001

March 8, 2001

4-86 TDS-4S Maintenance and Troubleshooting

Refer to the GE Electric Motor Manual for procedures to removethe pinion or hub on the armature shaft, or to service the motoritself.

Once the unit has been disassembled, inspect the followingassemblies for any wear or damage that may be critical:

1. Gear set: Check the teeth and splines for chips or heavy wear.The wear pattern should be even and symmetrical. If not,replace it. Expect some small surface pitting. It is not causefor replacing the gear set.

2. Bearings: Clean thoroughly in solvent, then rotate and listenfor any roughness during rotation.

3. Main shaft: Check splines and tool joints for wear. Replacethe shaft if spline wear exceeds 0.090 in.

4. Main shaft: Check fit to bull gear, wear sleeve surfaces, andretaining threads.

5. Seals: Always replace seals and gaskets when removed.

6. Main shaft housing: The bore for the upper bearing and thepilot diameter for the lower gearcase are critical. Clean up anynicks or gouges prior to reassembly.

7. Air brake: Check the brake for air leakage and the pads forwear.

8. Wear sleeves: These should be free of any imperfections onthe sealing surface.

9. Blower: Clean any accumulation of dust from the ducting,then operate the unit and correct any interference betweenthe impeller and housing.

10. Air valve assembly: If any air-operated systems aremalfunctioning, remove the appropriate valve and repair orreplace.

Reassemble the drilling motor and motor support bonnet byreversing the steps in the disassembly procedure. Replace allgrease seals and O-rings, and refer to the following torque chartfor bolt tightening guidelines.

Page 238: D811000252-MAN-001

TDS-4S Maintenance and Troubleshooting 4-87

Torque Chart

Motor support/bonnet to main body 1100 ft lb

Main body to motor support/bonnet 1100 ft lb

Bull gear to hub 580 ft lb

Lower gearcase to main body 250 ft lb

Rotating head to lower gearcase 250 ft lb

Brake adapter ring to motor 250 ft lb

Brake to brake adapter plate 50 ft lb

Brake drum to hub 250 ft lb

Brake cover to brake 50 ft lb

Installing the TDS motor pinion

n Installing a pinion gear can be dangerous to personnel installingit as well as anyone witnessing the procedure. Exercise caution atall times.

Use the following procedure to install a TDS motor pinion:

1. Clean the motor shaft by hand and cover with a thin layer ofEngineer’s Blue.

2. Firmly install the pinion on the motor shaft by hand. Markreference lines on the pinion and the shaft to ensure identicalangular orientation each time.

3. There must be a minimum of 75% surface contact betweenthe pinion and motor shaft. Dress the motor shaft/pinionvery lightly with a fine emery cloth and repeat the “blueing”procedure if necessary until there is at least 75% surfacecontact between the pinion and motor shaft.

4. After thoroughly cleaning all blueing, oil, and/or grease fromthe pinion bore and shaft, trial mount the cold pinion gear onthe motor shaft, lining up the reference marks.

Page 239: D811000252-MAN-001

March 8, 2001

4-88 TDS-4S Maintenance and Troubleshooting

5. Make sure the fixture is clean and the “horse shoe” face andbar are parallel.

6. Place the fixture on the motor shaft with the “horse shoe” endagainst the inner face of the gear and the bar against the outerface of the gear, sandwiching the pinion gear in the fixture.

7. Adjust the adjusting screw to butt against the end of themotor shaft.

8. Attach a calibrated dial indicator gauge to the fixture and setto zero.

9. Back off the adjusting screw until the gauge reads 0.072-0.074 in. Then lock the screw in place with a locknut.

10. Remove the fixture from the pinion gear assembly.

e Do not put the fixture in the oven.

11. Heat the pinion gear to 360-385°F (182-196°C) for threehours in an oven. After heating for three hours, remove thepinion gear assembly and immediately attach the fixture.

12. Place the pinion gear assembly and fixture on the motor shaft,lining up the reference marks.

13. Gently tap the pinion gear assembly and fixture into placeuntil the adjusting screw butts against the motor shaft.

14. Wait 2-3 minutes and back off the nuts holding the fixture inplace. There may be some noise as the pinion gear cools.

15. The pinion creeps up the shaft as it cools to the requiredposition of 0.085 ± 0.005 in. advancement.

16. When the pinion is fully cooled, fit the fixture and check finaladvancement.

17. Complete the required documentation recording pinionadvancement.

Page 240: D811000252-MAN-001

TDS-4S Maintenance and Troubleshooting 4-89

Local blower cooling systemassembly/disassemblyUse the following procedure to remove the blower motor in thelocal blower cooling system (Figure 4-33):

1. Remove the electrical wires from the blower motor.

2. Remove the eight bolts on each side connecting the ducts tothe blower housing ducts.

3. Remove the four bolts on each side connecting the ducthousing to the blower inlet ducts.

4. Remove the four bolts connecting the blower mount to thebrake cover.

5. Hoist the blower assembly off of the TDS and place on aclean work space on the derrick floor.

6. Remove the blower inlet ducts on both sides of the blowermotor.

7. Remove the taper lock bushings from both blower impellers.

8. Remove both blower impellers.

9. Remove the bolts connecting the blower housing assemblieson both sides to the blower mount.

10. Remove the shaft seal assemblies from both sides.

11. Remove the blower housing and inner plate assemblies asunits from both sides. Do not separate the blower housingassemblies from the inner plates.

12. Unbolt the four bolts connecting the blower motor feet to theblower mount.

13. Lift the motor out.

Page 241: D811000252-MAN-001

March 8, 2001

4-90 TDS-4S Maintenance and Troubleshooting

MountingBrackets (2)

Mounting Plate

Oil Fittings (2)

TransmissionCooler

Axial Fan20 hp

Blower Motor

Locking Key

Gasket

Blower Housing

Blower Impeller

Taper LockBushing

Gasket

Blower Duct toAC Drilling Motor

Flex DuctConnection

Point

Spark Arrestor

Figure 4-33. Typical local blower cooling system assembly/disassembly

Page 242: D811000252-MAN-001

TDS-4S Maintenance and Troubleshooting 4-91

Use the following procedure to install a new motor in the localcooling system:

1. Install wear sleeves on the blower motor shaft.

2. Bolt the blower motor onto the blower motor mount andsafetywire the bolts.

3. Install the blower housing and inner plate assemblies on bothsides of the blower motor frame as follows:

a. Use two 3/8 in. bolts in the threaded alignment bolt holeson both sides to line up the blower housing and innerplate assemblies with the blower motor frame on bothsides.

b. Gradually insert and tighten the bolts that connect theblower housing and inner plate assemblies on both sidesto the blower motor frame. Check the alignment holes asyou tighten the bolts to make sure both assemblies line upproperly on the blower motor frame.

4. Install shaft seal assemblies inside both blower housingassemblies. Make sure the seals are centered.

5. Tighten and safetywire the retainer plates in place on bothsides.

6. Install the impellers and taper lock bushings on both sidesand safetywire the bolts.

7. Install the blower inlet duct assemblies to the blower housingon both sides using the same alignment holes used in Step 3a.

8. Hoist the entire cooling system assembly onto the TDS. If thealignment holes were properly used, the cooling systemassembly should line up perfectly on the TDS.

9. Install and safetywire the four bolts connecting the blowermount to the brake cover.

10. Install and safetywire the four bolts on each side connectingthe heat exchange duct housing assemblies to the blower inletduct assemblies.

11. Install and safetywire the six bolts on each side connecting thetransmission ducts to the blower housing ducts.

12. Connect the electrical wires to the blower motor.

Page 243: D811000252-MAN-001

March 8, 2001

4-92 TDS-4S Maintenance and Troubleshooting

Closed loop cooling systemassembly/disassemblyUse the following procedure to remove the blower motor in thelocal blower cooling system (Figure 4-34):

1. Remove the electrical wires from the blower motor.

2. Remove the eight bolts on each side connecting the ducts tothe blower housing ducts.

3. Remove the four bolts on each side connecting the ducthousing to the blower inlet ducts.

4. Remove the four bolts connecting the blower mount to thebrake cover.

5. Hoist the blower assembly off of the TDS and place on aclean work space on the derrick floor.

6. Remove the blower inlet ducts on both sides of the blowermotor.

7. Remove the taper lock bushings from both blower impellers.

8. Remove both blower impellers.

9. Remove the bolts connecting the blower housing assemblieson both sides to the blower mount.

10. Remove the shaft seal assemblies from both sides.

11. Remove the blower housing and inner plate assemblies asunits from both sides. Do not separate the blower housingassemblies from the inner plates.

12. Unbolt the four bolts connecting the blower motor feet to theblower mount.

13. Lift the motor out.

Page 244: D811000252-MAN-001

TDS-4S Maintenance and Troubleshooting 4-93

Impeller (2)

WaterConnections

Blower Mount/Brake Cover

BlowerHousing (2)

Heat Exchanger (2)

GEDrilling Motor

InspectionCover

8 in. FlexConnection (2)

Dual Shaft20 hp AC

Blower Motor

Blower Inlet (2)

DC to MotorExhaust Port on

Upper Gear Case

Figure 4-34. Typical closed loop cooling system assembly/disassembly

Page 245: D811000252-MAN-001

March 8, 2001

4-94 TDS-4S Maintenance and Troubleshooting

Use the following procedure to install a new motor in the localcooling system:

1. Install wear sleeves on the blower motor shaft.

2. Bolt the blower motor onto the blower motor mount andsafetywire the bolts.

3. Install the blower housing and inner plate assemblies on bothsides of the blower motor frame as follows:

a. Use two 3/8 in. bolts in the threaded alignment bolt holeson both sides to line up the blower housing and innerplate assemblies with the blower motor frame on bothsides.

b. Gradually insert and tighten the bolts that connect theblower housing and inner plate assemblies on both sidesto the blower motor frame. Check the alignment holes asyou tighten the bolts to make sure both assemblies line upproperly on the blower motor frame.

4. Install shaft seal assemblies inside both blower housingassemblies. Make sure the seals are centered.

5. Tighten and safetywire the retainer plates in place on bothsides.

6. Install the impellers and taper lock bushings on both sidesand safetywire the bolts.

7. Install the blower inlet duct assemblies to the blower housingon both sides using the same alignment holes used in Step 3a.

8. Hoist the entire cooling system assembly onto the TDS. If thealignment holes were properly used, the cooling systemassembly should line up perfectly on the TDS.

9. Install and safetywire the four bolts connecting the blowermount to the brake cover.

10. Install and safetywire the four bolts on each side connectingthe heat exchange duct housing assemblies to the blower inletduct assemblies.

11. Install and safetywire the six bolts on each side connecting thetransmission ducts to the blower housing ducts.

12. Connect the electrical wires to the blower motor.

Page 246: D811000252-MAN-001

TDS-4S Maintenance and Troubleshooting 4-95

Replacing the safety wiring

Use the following procedures to safety wire screws, nuts, bolts, orother fasteners where applicable.

n Torque fasteners before safety wiring any screw, nut, plug, orother fastener. Never overtorque or loosen a torqued fastener toalign safety wire holes.

Use the size and type of safety wire required in the applicablespecifications and drawings. Whenever possible, use double-twistsafety wiring.

n Limit single-twist wiring to the following: small screws located inclosely spaced, closed geometrical patterns (e.g., triangles, squares,rectangles, or circles), parts in electrical systems, or parts that aredifficult to reach.

n Do not reuse safety wire.

To install safety wire:

1. Open the jaws of the safety twist pliers.

2. Squeeze the handles of the pliers together and unlock theround, perforated slider in the center of the pliers from thehook lock.

3. Grip both safety wires in the jaw. Squeeze the handlestogether with one hand and pull the slider toward the rear ofthe pliers with the other hand to lock the pliers.

4. Twist the safety wire by pulling the aluminum knob and twistthe rod out from the pliers. Let the pliers spin free.

5. Return the knob and twist the rod by holding the plierssteady with one hand and pushing against the end of theknob the with other hand (step 4 in Figure 4-35).

6. Repeat the previous twisting cycle.

Page 247: D811000252-MAN-001

March 8, 2001

4-96 TDS-4S Maintenance and Troubleshooting

7. After threading the safety wire through the hole in thefastener, pull the wire straight through without nicking thewire. Twist four to five complete revolutions per inch of wire.

8. Make a pigtail of approximately 1 in. (25 mm) length (fourtwists minimum) at the end of the wiring and bend back orunder to prevent it from becoming a snag.

12

3 4

5

Figure 4-35. Safety wiring procedures

Page 248: D811000252-MAN-001

TDS-4S Maintenance and Troubleshooting 4-97

Safety wiring tips

❏ Pull the safety wire firmly, but do not stretch it or let kinksdevelop. Make twists tight, even, and as taut as possiblewithout weakening the wire by overtwisting (Figure 4-36).

n Do not nick the wire with the edge of the hole in the fastener.Position the safety wire so the pull exerted by the wire tightens thenut. For best results, let the wire leave the fastener in a clockwisedirection

❏ Twist the safety wire so the loop around the bolt or head hassufficient tension to keep it from slipping up and over thebolt head, with resulting slack in the safety wiring.

n When securing castellated nuts with safety wire, tighten the nut tothe low side of the selected torque range, unless otherwise specified.If necessary, continue tightening within specified torque limitsuntil a slot aligns with the hole.

❏ The number of nuts, bolts or screws that can be safety-wiredtogether depends on the application. As a guide, when safety-wiring widely spaced bolts by the double-twist method, agroup of three, or a 24 in. (610 mm) length of safety wire isusually the maximum.

Figure 4-36. Safety wiring examples

Page 249: D811000252-MAN-001

March 8, 2001

4-98 TDS-4S Maintenance and Troubleshooting

Page 250: D811000252-MAN-001

TDS-4S Maintenance and Troubleshooting 4-99

Chapter 4

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting the counterbalance

Symptom Probable cause Remedy

System does not holdpressure.

Needle valve is not closed. See adjustment procedure and checkneedle valve.

Cylinder rod seals leak. Replace seals.

Fittings or hoses leak. Tighten or replace as required.

Dirty or defective PRV valve. See adjustment procedure. Clean or replace.

Dirty or stuck check valve. Clean or replace.

Counterbalance control valvein rig down position.

Return valve to drilling position.

Cylinder rods remainretracted (closed).

Pressure setting too high. Adjust per adjustment procedure.

e When activating or reactivating the counterbalance system, never startan empty system with the needle valve closed. Always start the HydraulicPower Unit (HPU) first, run for 3-5 minutes, then slowly close needlevalve with HPU running. If an empty system is started up with needlevalve closed there is a good potential for damaging counterbalancecylinder seals.

Page 251: D811000252-MAN-001

March 8, 2001

4-100 TDS-4S Maintenance and Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting the motoralignment cylinder

Symptom Probable cause Remedy

Alignment cylinderfails to movetransmission attrunnion pivot pointswith recommendedpressure setting.

Transmission trunnion pinswill not pivot in dollysupport brackets, from lackof lubrication.

Free trunnion pins as needed andlubricate area regularly.

Counterbalancesystem workserratically or does notwork at all.

Possible problem withsystem hydrauliccomponents.

Check Troubleshooting thecounterbalance section of this book.

Loss of nitrogen precharge inaccumulators located inmotor dolly upright frame.

Recharge accumulators as per theprocedure in the Troubleshooting thecounterbalance section of this book.

System does not holdpressure.

Needle valve is not closed. See the adjustment procedure.

Cylinder rod seals leak. Replace seals.

Fittings or hoses leak. Tighten or replace as required.

Dirty or defective PRV valve. Clean or replace.

Saver sub on TDSdoes not align withdrill pipe.

Alignment cylinder pressuretoo high or too low.

See the adjustment procedure.

Alignment cylinder rodadjustment too long or short.

Adjust according to procedure.

Rails not properly alignedwith centerline of well.

Check to make sure that rotary is incenter of floor and then checkalignment of rails in relation torotary.

Excessive motormovement.

Alignment cylinder fluidflow not adequatelythrottled.

See the adjustment procedure.Normal adjustment is 1 1/2 turnsfrom full closed position on flowcontrol valves. If there is excessivemovement close to 3/4 turn fromfull closed position.

Page 252: D811000252-MAN-001

TDS-4S Maintenance and Troubleshooting 4-101

Troubleshooting the drilling motorand guide dolly

Troubleshooting the motor air brake

Symptom Probable cause Remedy

Brake does not hold. Insufficient air supply. Check air supply pressure, 90 psi minimum required.

Solenoid valve not shifting. Check electrical continuity.

Check lubricator on air supply.

Check mechanical operation ofsolenoid valve.

Brake drum contaminatedwith grease or pads worn orburnt.

Inspect and replace if necessary.

Brake does notrelease.

Solenoid valve sticking. Lubricate, repair with repair kit orreplace valve.

Check air supply lubricator.

Quick exhaust valve notfunctioning properly.

Clean or replace.

Troubleshooting theretract guide dolly

Symptom Probable cause Remedy

Guide dolly retractstoo slow or too fast.

Flow control valves on theguide dolly are not properlyset.

Set the flow controls to attaindesired retract speed.

Page 253: D811000252-MAN-001

March 8, 2001

4-102 TDS-4S Maintenance and Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting the transmission

Symptom Probable cause Remedy

Oil leaking fromlower seal.

Lower gear case seals are dryor damaged.

Apply grease to seal. Grease fitting daily.

If problem persists replace gearcaseseals and bearing.

Oil leaking from shafthousing breather.

Oil level too high. Adjust oil level per recommendedspecification.

Incorrect lubricant used. Check recommended lubricantschart and replace as needed.

Oil is foaming. Replace oil.

Gearbox temperatureis excessive.

Oil level too low or too high. Adjust oil level to recommendedlevel in sight glass.

Incorrect lubricant used. Check recommended lubricantschart and replace as needed.

Clogged oil suction screen. Remove suction screen from oilpump. Check discharge or pressurehoses at outlets to confirmcirculation.

Clogged or dirty heatexchangers on unit equippedwith such.

Check heat exchangers for air flowor water flow to ensure adequateheat transfer and dissipation.

Page 254: D811000252-MAN-001

TDS-4S Maintenance and Troubleshooting 4-103

Troubleshooting the oil pump

Symptom Probable cause Remedy

OIL PUMP LOSSalarm is on.

Motor is not running. Check electrical components toensure power is available to motor.Repair or replace as needed.

Incorrect motor rotation. Verify proper rotation and correct if necessary.

Dirty or clogged oil pumpsuction screen.

Remove and clean suction screenmaking sure to properly seal screencover when installing.

Oil pump cavitating-evidence of air bubbles indischarge lines.

Check all connections and suctionscreen cover plate to ensure there areno air leaks on suction side of oilpump. Repair as needed.

Defective or improperlyadjusted pressure switch.

Check switch operation. Repair or replace as needed.

Failure of oil pump drivecoupling.

Inspect, repair or replace as needed.

Faulty or worn oil pump. Check relief valve on back of pump.Install test gauge in discharge lineand adjust to 10 psi.

If unable to make oil pump workafter checking all of the above, repairor replace as needed.

Incorrect lubricant used. Check recommended lubricantschart to make sure proper viscosityof oil is used. Replace as needed.

Page 255: D811000252-MAN-001

March 8, 2001

4-104 TDS-4S Maintenance and Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting the cooling system

Symptom Probable cause Remedy

Mechanical noise inblower.

Loose impeller. Reinstall impeller and hub andlocktite screws.

Faulty motor bearings. Repair or replace as needed.

Blower runsintermittently.

Faulty or loose wiring. Locate and repair as needed.

Faulty motor starter. Check for dirt or trash betweenstarter coil. Repair or replace asneeded.

Excessive air loss inblower motor shaftarea.

Worn or defective seal orwear sleeve.

Replace as needed.

Loose or vibrating blowermotor, wearing sealsexcessively.

Correct blower mounting problemor faulty motor bearing and replaceblower shaft seals.

DC MOTOROVERHEATING,OVERTEMP alarmstays on with blowerrunning.

Incorrect blower rotation. Verify blower rotation. Correct asneeded.

Dirty or clogged sparkarrestors (local or remotecooling systems).

Remove spark arrestors from motorand clean screens if screens aredamaged with holes. Replace asneeded.

Clogged water or air passagesin water cooled exchangers(closed loop cooling).

Remove and clean passages asneeded.

Page 256: D811000252-MAN-001

TDS-4S Maintenance and Troubleshooting 4-105

Troubleshooting the cooling system (cont.)

Symptom Probable cause Remedy

DC MOTOROVERHEATING,OVERTEMP alarmstays on with blowerrunning.

Continuous drilling Ampsover recommended levels.

Check service manual for continuousAmp motor rating and adjustdrilling program accordingly.

Motor being stalled for overrecommended periods oftime.

DC motor should never be stalledfor more than 5 seconds with over300 Amps applied.

e Serious damage could occur to themotor if this is done.

Faulty temperature switch orprobe.

Repair or replace as needed.

z Do not readjust or raise heat rangesetting.

Improper cooling water flowor incoming water temp toohigh (closed loop cooling).

See the Installation andCommissioning book forrecommended or required flow ratesand water temp.

Restricted air flow (local orremote cooling).

Check and clean spark arrestors asneeded.

Check air intake on blower to ensurethere are no restrictions.

Verify proper blower rotation.

WATERDETECTOR alarm is on (closed loop system).

Moisture in air inside DCmotor.

Check for leaks in heat exchanger. Check air purge line filters. Ensuredry air is going into motor.

Dirty or faulty waterdetector.

Clean or replace as needed.

Page 257: D811000252-MAN-001

March 8, 2001

4-106 TDS-4S Maintenance and Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting the pipehandler

Troubleshooting the torque wrench

Symptom Probable cause Remedy

Tool does not cycleproperly.

Valves in manifold out ofadjustment.

Readjust.

Supply and return hoses arecrossed.

Reconnect hoses correctly.

Improperly connected QuickDisconnects (QDs).

Check QDs to make sure they areproperly plugged together andflowing in both directions.

Needle valve in counter-balance manifold is open.

Close needle valve (always withHPU running).

Defective cartridge valve orPRV valve.

Inspect valves for damaged seals orstuck spools. Replace if necessary.

Improper component orcomponent installation.

Valve cartridge replaced with wrongtype.

z When changing the Make/Breakvalve, make sure the valve is properlyoriented when installed.

Die retainer and dieretainer boltsdamaged whilebreaking.

Improper saver sub length ormachining.

Saver sub length too long. Subshould also have proper chamfer onboth shoulders.

Torque wrench doesnot lift.

Oil bypass in pipehandlerhydraulic components.

Listen for oil bypassing inpipehandler cylinders or manifold.Locate and repair bypass asnecessary.

Page 258: D811000252-MAN-001

TDS-4S Maintenance and Troubleshooting 4-107

Troubleshooting the torque wrench (cont.)

Symptom Probable cause Remedy

Tool goes up, clamps,and cycles, butremains clamped onpipe when switch isreleased.

Air pilot valve on counter-balance manifold stuck orinoperative.

Remove air supply line to verify airsupply when solenoid valve isactivated.

Pilot valve dirty. If air supply is available remove endcap on pilot valve, clean andlubricate.

Improperly connected quickdisconnects.

If air pilot valve is operable, hookboth pipehandler hoses together andverify flow in both directions byactivating switch with hydraulics on.

If there is flow in only one direction,check QDs.

If QDs are properly connected,check hydraulic pilot valve for stuckspool.

Hydraulic valve not shifting. Repair or replace.

Saver sub breaks outinstead of tool joint.

Saver sub not made upproperly.

Make up saver sub per proceduredescribed in the IBOP ServiceManual, increase previous torquemakeup by 10% to maximumtorque recommended in the IBOPService Manual (for original VarcoOEM subs).

Tong dies break orscore drill pipe.

Valves in manifold out ofadjustment.

Readjust per procedure.

Tong dies worn. Replace tong dies.

Connection overtorqued. If saver sub is made up torecommended torque and continuesto break out instead of drill pipeconnection, break out using rigtongs.

If saver sub or drill pipe will notbreak out using pipehandler, removepipehandler and break out with rigtongs at floor.

Page 259: D811000252-MAN-001

March 8, 2001

4-108 TDS-4S Maintenance and Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting thesafety valve actuator

Symptom Probable cause Remedy

Safety valve leaks. Internal parts worn out. Check for washouts or defectiveparts. Repair as needed.

Actuator out of adjustment. Check electrical continuity.

Check spool mechanical operation.Lubricate if needed.

Check actuator cylinder adjustment(see procedure).

Excessive vibration orwobble while rotating.

Actuator support rollerbrackets bent or out ofadjustment.

Check actuator shell adjustment andcrank assembly operation.

Worn cam rollers. Repair or replace rollers and rollerbrackets, shimming as needed tomaintain smooth operation.

Troubleshooting the link tilt

Symptom Probable cause Remedy

Does not tilt. Solenoid valve not shifting. Check electrical continuity.

Check spool mechanical operationand lubricate as needed.

Does not reachmousehole.

Improperly adjusted. Readjust drag link, shorten ifnecessary.

Retracts slowly, doesnot make it back towell center.

Pressure setting on floatvalve too low.

Adjust pressure setting.

Passive stop not in rightspot.

Adjust jam not on passive stop toposition elevators over well center.

Retracts past wellcenter in float mode.

Pressure setting on floatvalve too high.

Adjust pressure setting.

Passive stop not in rightspot.

Adjust jam not on passive stop toposition elevators over well center.

Page 260: D811000252-MAN-001

TDS-4S Maintenance and Troubleshooting 4-109

Troubleshooting the pipehandler atthe counterbalance manifold

Symptom Probable cause Remedy

Pipehandler goes up andclamps when the HPU isturned on withoutpressing switch.

Improperly connectedQDs.

Check all QDs to make sure that they areproperly connected, also making sure thateach half is intact and not coming apart andrestricting fluid.

Solenoid valve stuck orinoperative.

Disconnect air line from solenoid to air pilotvalve. If there is a constant air flow, thesolenoid valve is stuck in the open position.Remove the solenoid and valve. Clean asneeded. Repair or replace valve as needed.

Check oil lubricator to make sure valves arebeing lubricated.

Air pilot valve sticking. If there is no constant air flow from air line,remove end cover on air pilot valve andcheck spool to see if it is operating freely.Clean as needed and lubricate. Repair orreplace valve as needed.

IBOP valve actuatorremains either in closed oropen position.

Faulty or loose wiring. Check electrical continuity to switches andsolenoids.

No air supply or airsupply incorrect.

Check air supply. There must be 90 psiminimum pressure.

Crank assembly, actuatorarms or cylinderssticking.

Check crank assembly, actuator arms andcylinders. Repair as needed.

Solenoid valves stuck inthe open position or incenter position.

Check solenoid valves to see if they are notstuck in the open position or in centerposition. Repair or replace valve as needed.

IBOP valve does not fullyopen or close.

Actuator cylinder out ofadjustment.

Check actuator cylinder adjustment andadjust as needed.

Cam follower rollerssticking.

Check cam follower rollers on crankassembly and arms.

Crank assembly retainerbolts loose.

Check crank assembly retainer bolts toassure tightness.

z Crank assembly retainer bolts should bechecked weekly to make sure they remaintight.

Page 261: D811000252-MAN-001

March 8, 2001

4-110 TDS-4S Maintenance and Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting thecrown height indicator

Symptom Probable cause Remedy

Green power indicatordoes not illuminate.

No AC power being applied. Check Expo purge system and input AC power.

Internal AC breaker tripped. Check internal circuit breaker on controlelectronic module for tripped condition.

Failure of DC power supply. Check AC power LED on control electronicmodule. Replace electronic control modulenecessary.

Depressing the PUSH TOTEST indicator does notcause position indicators toflash or illuminate.

Malfunction of controlelectronics.

Replace electronic control module.

Yellow indicator isconstantly illuminatedwhile traveling assembly isbelow ten feet.

Misadjusted lower sensorproximity switch.

Check proximity switch alignment.

Defective lower sensorbracket assembly.

Check mechanical operation of sensor bracket assembly.

Defective sensor cablebetween sensor junction boxand control electronics.

Perform cable continuity tests.

Defective proximity switch. Replace proximity switch.

Malfunction of electronicscontrol module.

Replace electronic control module.

Yellow and red indicatorconstantly flash whiletraveling assembly is belowten feet.

Misadjusted lower sensorproximity switch.

Check proximity switch alignment.

Defective sensor cablebetween the sensor junctionbox and control electronics.

Perform cable continuity tests.

Defective upper sensorbracket assemblies.

Check the mechanical operation of the uppersensor bracket assembly.

Defective upper proximityswitches.

Check voltages from upper proximity switchby measuring voltage between TB3 and TB2for upper sensor at the sensor junction box. A measurement of less than 2.0 VDC indicatesa working sensor when metal is detected.Replace proximity switches as required.

Malfunction of electronicscontrol module.

Replace electronic control module.

Page 262: D811000252-MAN-001

TDS-4S Maintenance and Troubleshooting 4-111

Six-gang air valve assemblyillustration

Link Tilt

IBOP Open

Brake

Torque Wrench

Air Elevator

IBOP Close

Page 263: D811000252-MAN-001

March 8, 2001

4-112 TDS-4S Maintenance and Troubleshooting

Page 264: D811000252-MAN-001

TDS-4S

Top DriveDrillingSystem

Control SystemSM00620-5

Page 265: D811000252-MAN-001

March 8, 2001

5-2 TDS-4S Control System

Page 266: D811000252-MAN-001

TDS-4S Control System 5-3

ContentsTDS-4S Control System

General description .......................................................... 5-5Maintenance and troubleshooting/checkout procedures ........................................................ 5-7

Page 267: D811000252-MAN-001

March 8, 2001

5-4 TDS-4S Control System

Page 268: D811000252-MAN-001

TDS-4S Control System 5-5

TDS-4SControl System

General description

The Top Drive Drilling System (TDS) typically operates from thesame SCR as the rotary table. A panel, located in a CentralElectronics Enclosure (CEE), switches power from one to theother. The CEE typically contains the following components:

❏ DC contactors

❏ A programmable logic controller (PLC)

❏ Auxiliary AC components

❏ Rig instrumentation interfaces for recordingTDS torque and speed

Page 269: D811000252-MAN-001

March 8, 2001

5-6 TDS-4S Control System

In dedicated top drive SCR configurations, the SCR runs the topdrive only.

The panel can feature a purge control system so it can be locatedin hazardous areas. If the panel is located in the SCR room, apurge system is not required.

The panel is designed to be compatible with all presently installedSCR systems and is configured at installation for the specific SCRused on a rig. Logic and alarm functions are connected to theTDS via PLC programming so the TDS can operate existing rigsystems. Also, TDS interlocks and limits, such as spin-up andmakeup speeds, are programmed into the PLC and are the samefor all installations.

Page 270: D811000252-MAN-001

TDS-4S Control System 5-7

Maintenance and troubleshooting/checkout procedures

The Varco Top Drive Drilling Control System (TDCS) isstraightforward in its operation and relatively easy to service.Refer to the following documentation for maintenance,troubleshooting and checkout information:

❏ Periodic control system maintenance schedule(See Table 1 below.)

❏ Rig checklist

❏ PLC manual

❏ Card rack terminal specifications

Table 1. Periodic control system maintenance schedule

Location Procedure Frequency

Indicator lamps Test using the lamp test switch Each time theon the driller’s console. TDS is assigned.

Heater Check operation with an Ohm meter. Monthly

High voltage connections Check for discolored or brittle insulation. Monthly

Check retaining bolt torque Monthly(needs to be 25 ft lb).

Component mounting Check fastener tightness, especially in Monthlyvibration-prone areas.

Blower mounting current Check and record current. Monthly(A drop in the current may indicaterestriction or blockage of the air intake.)

Drilling motor field current Verify and record. Weekly

Seals and gaskets Check for integrity. Monthly

Apply a light film of silicone lubricant Every 3 monthsto the transfer panel door.

Page 271: D811000252-MAN-001

March 8, 2001

5-8 TDS-4S Control System

Page 272: D811000252-MAN-001

This page left blank intentionally.

Page 273: D811000252-MAN-001

Revision A

WASHPIPE ASSEMBLYWASHPIPE ASSEMBLY

SM01053

Service Manual

Page 274: D811000252-MAN-001

© Copyright 2004 Varco® LP. All rights reserved.

Varco® is a registred trademark of Varco I/P Reg. U.S. Patent & Trademark Office. This publication is the property of, and contains information proprietary to, Varco International, Inc. No part of this publication may be reproduced or copied in any form, or by any means, including electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise without the prior written permission of Varco International, Inc.

All product, brand, or trade names used in this publication are the trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective owners. Information in this manual is subject to change without notice.

Page 275: D811000252-MAN-001

Washpipe 3

General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5Intended Audience and Use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5Conventions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5Illustrations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5

Safety Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6Personnel Training . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6Recommended Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6General System Safety Practices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7Replacing Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7Routine Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7Proper Use of Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7

General Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8Washpipe Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8Special Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9

Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10Washpipe Assembly Pressure Ratings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10

General Maintenance Practices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11Equipment Maintenance Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11Safety Precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11

Standard Washpipe Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12Initial Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12Maintenance Schedules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15Inspection Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16Lubrication Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26Reassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30Illustrated Parts List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34

Hammerless Washpipe Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36Initial Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36Maintenance Schedules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38Inspection Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39Lubrication Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43Removing the Washpipe Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50Reassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54Illustrated Parts List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58

Glossary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60

Page 276: D811000252-MAN-001

4 Varco

Page 277: D811000252-MAN-001

Washpipe 5

General InformationIntended Audience and UseThis manual is intended for use by field engineering, installation, operation, and repair personnel. Every effort has been made to ensure the accuracy of the information contained herein. Varco International, Inc., will not be held liable for errors in this material, or for consequences arising from misuse of this material.

This manual is intended as a supplement to the service manuals supplied with the Varco Top Drive System (TDS) and/or the Varco Integrated Drilling System (IDS).

ConventionsNotes, Cautions, and Warnings

Notes, cautions, and warnings are used throughout this manual to provide readers with additional information, and to advise the reader to take specific action to protect personnel from potential injury or lethal conditions. They may also inform the reader of actions necessary to prevent equipment damage.

Please pay close attention to these advisories.

IllustrationsFigures provide a graphical representation of equipment components or screen snapshots for use in identifying parts or establishing nomenclature, and may or may not be drawn to scale.

For more specific component information pertinent to your rig configuration, see the technical drawings included with your Varco documentation.

Note: iThe note symbol indicates that additional information isprovided about the current topics.

Caution:

!The caution symbol indicates that potential damage toequipment or injury to personnel exists. Followinstructions explicitly. Extreme care should be taken whenperforming operations or procedures preceded by thiscaution symbol.

Warning:

The warning symbol indicates a definite risk ofequipment damage or danger to personnel. Failure toobserve and follow proper procedures could result inserious or fatal injury to personnel, significantproperty loss, or significant equipment damage.

Page 278: D811000252-MAN-001

6 Varco

Safety RequirementsVarco equipment is installed and operated in a controlled drilling rig environment involving hazardous operations and situations. Proper service and repair is important for safe and reliable operation. Operation and service procedures provided by Varco manuals are the recommended methods of performing those operations.

Personnel TrainingAll personnel performing installation, operations, repair, or maintenance procedures on the equipment, or those in the vicinity of the equipment, should be trained on rig safety, tool operation, and maintenance to ensure their safety.

Contact the Varco training department for more information about equipment operation and maintenance training.

Recommended ToolsService operations may require the use of tools designed specifically for the purpose being described. Varco recommends that only those tools specified be used when stated. Ensure that personnel and equipment safety are not jeopardized when using service procedures or tools not specifically recommended by Varco.

!To avoid injury to personnel or equipment damage,carefully observe the following safety requirements.

!During installation, maintenance, or repair of equipment,personnel should wear protective gear. Protective gearmust be worn during certain operation.

Page 279: D811000252-MAN-001

Washpipe 7

Safety RequirementsGeneral System Safety PracticesThe equipment discussed in this manual may require or contain one or more utilities, such as electrical, hydraulic, pneumatic, or cooling water.

Isolate all energy sources before beginning work.

Avoid performing maintenance or repairs while the equipment is in operation.

Wear proper protective equipment during equipment installation, maintenance, or repair.

Replacing ComponentsVerify that all components (such as cables, hoses, etc.) are tagged and labeled during disassembly and reassembly of equipment to ensure correct installment.

Replace failed or damaged components with Varco certified parts. Failure to do so could result in equipment damage, or personal injury.

Routine MaintenanceEquipment must be maintained on a regular and routine basis. See the service manual for maintenance recommendations.

Proper Use of EquipmentVarco equipment is designed for specific functions and applications, and should be used only for their intended purpose.

!Before installing or performing maintenance or repairs onequipment, read the following instructions to avoidendangering exposed persons or damaging equipment.

!Failure to conduct routine maintenance could result inequipment damage or injury to personnel.

Page 280: D811000252-MAN-001

8 Varco

General DescriptionWashpipe AssemblyThe washpipe assembly is located between the main shaft and the gooseneck (S-pipe) on the TDS/IDS, supported by a bonnet. The washpipe assembly allows for the rotation of the TSD/IDS drilling string. Two types of washpipe assemblies are available: standard and hammerless.

Page 281: D811000252-MAN-001

Washpipe 9

General DescriptionSpecial ToolsThe standard washpipe assembly has hammer nuts on its washpipe nut and packing box. The hammer nuts are provided so that a special wrench and a hammer can be used to tighten to washpipe nut and packing box during installation.

The hammerless washpipe assembly uses gear nuts which are tightened more precisely without a hammer but with a special torque wrench kit. This feature makes the unit easier to install by allowing the unit to swing in and out of its support bonnet before being torqued and does not require the use of a hammer.

Standard Washpipe Wrench

Strike here

Standard Washpipe

Hammerless WashpipeTorque Wrench

30-250 ft lb

Hammerless WashpipeTorque Multiplier

3200 ft lbRemovable extension

not shown

Socket Adapter

Page 282: D811000252-MAN-001

10 Varco

SpecificationsWashpipe Assembly Pressure Ratings

iAssembly descriptions are repeated for similar units. Usethe assembly part number when referencing pressureratings.

Standard Washpipe Assembly

Description Part No. Pressure Rating (psi)

Small Bore (3-inch) 30123290 7,500

Large Bore (4-inch) 30123440 7,500

Large-to-Small Bore 30153491-50 7,500

Hammerless Washpipe Assembly

Description Part No. Pressure Rating (psi)

Large Bore (4-inch) 30156883 7,500

Large-to-Small Bore 30173058-50 7,500

Page 283: D811000252-MAN-001

Washpipe 11

General Maintenance PracticesEquipment Maintenance RecordsKeep a record book of all maintenance procedures performed. Date each procedure, followed by a description and the technician who performed it. This data is valuable for fault finding and problem solving, should technical problems arise.

Maintenance Schedules

Maintenance schedules list preventive maintenance tasks.

Inspection schedules assume normal operating conditions. Some conditions (excessive loading, dusty or corrosive atmosphere, temperature extremes, etc.) may warrant more frequent inspection intervals. Perform the procedures indicated, as warranted by the inspection.

Safety PrecautionsAvoid equipment damage or injury to personnel by paying close attention to the important safety notes highlighted as Notes, Cautions, and Warnings used throughout this manual.

To avoid serious injury or death, read and understand the following Warnings before performing maintenance or troubleshooting procedures:

iProcedures in this chapter relate to Varco onlycomponents. See the vendor manuals for maintenanceprocedures and schedules for the vendor equipment.

Unless instructed otherwise, properly lock out themain power source before performing anymaintenance procedure.

Wear protective glasses to prevent eye injuries.

Do not attempt any adjustments while the machine ismoving.

Read and understand all safety precautions andwarnings before performing maintenance procedures.

Page 284: D811000252-MAN-001

12 Varco

Standard Washpipe AssemblyInitial Installation

1. Install the washpipe assembly on the TDS/IDS and hand-tighten the washpipe nut and packing box, then back off the packing box and washpipe nut by 1/4 turn.

the packing box.

securely tighten.)

Procedure

Nut

i

Page 285: D811000252-MAN-001

Washpipe 13

Standard Washpipe AssemblyInitial Installation

Page 286: D811000252-MAN-001

14 Varco

Standard Washpipe AssemblyInitial Installation

PackingBox

DialIndicator

Washpipe

11. Check washpipe alignment. Install dial indicator base on packing box. Adjust dial indicator to contact the washpipe approximately one inch above the packing box.

12. Rotate main shaft through one revolution, noting the minimum and maximum readings on the dial indicator. Subtract the minimum reading from the maximum reading to obtain the Total Indicated Runout (TIR). Maximum allowable TIR is 0.007 inch.

Procedure

Page 287: D811000252-MAN-001

Washpipe 15

Standard Washpipe AssemblyMaintenance Schedules Inspection Schedule

Item Inspect for Interval

Mating surface of stem liner(s) while it is installed in the TDS/IDS main shaft or gooseneck

• Surface should be smooth and free of flaws or burrs• ID of stem liners

When washpipe assembly is to be removed from TDS/IDS

TDS/IDS main shaft bearing endplay Endplay is within specification (refer to TDS/IDS Service Manual)

Once every six months and immediately after jarring

Washpipe Assembly grease fitting Proper operation Replace every six months

Washpipe pilot on the gooseneck and the washpipe pilot on the TDS/IDS main shaft

Proper alignment between pilots

After TDS/IDS main shaft bearing endplay has been checked and is within specification

All parts Refer to Disassembly Procedure

Upon disassembly of washpipe assembly

Cleaning Schedule

Item Procedure Interval

TDS/IDS bonnet (inside) Remove residual mud Weekly

Lubrication Schedule

Item Procedure Interval

Washpipe Assembly grease fitting Apply 3 to 4 pumps of grease (refer to Lubrication Procedure)

Twice daily or every 10 rotating hours

Page 288: D811000252-MAN-001

16 Varco

Standard Washpipe AssemblyInspection ProceduresWhen Washpipe is to be Removed from TDS/IDS

Service Limit(inches)

3.090

3.840

3.120

Page 289: D811000252-MAN-001

Washpipe 17

Standard Washpipe AssemblyInspection ProceduresEvery Six Months

DialIndicator

WashpipeGrease Fitting

Replace

1. Remove the washpipe assembly and replace the grease fitting.

2. Check the main shaft axial movement by applying an upward force to the main shaft and measuring the amount of axial movement with a dial indicator.

3. If axial shaft movement is not .001 in. to .003 in., remove the bearing retainer and adjust the number of shims under the bearing retainer as required to allow .001 in. to .003 in. of axial shaft movement (end play) with the bearing retainer capscrews tightened to the required torque depending on the size of the capscrew (refer to the Initial Installation Procedure for proper torque requirements).

Procedure

Page 290: D811000252-MAN-001

18 Varco

Standard Washpipe AssemblyInspection ProceduresEvery Six Months

DialIndicator

0.002 TIR betweenthese two surfaces

GooseneckPilot

Main ShaftPilot

Bonnet removedfor clarity.

Page 291: D811000252-MAN-001

Washpipe 19

Standard Washpipe AssemblyLubrication ProceduresDaily Lubrication

grease fitting.2.

Description

Cyprina

Page 292: D811000252-MAN-001

20 Varco

Standard Washpipe AssemblyTroubleshooting

iThe troubleshooting table does not necessarily cover allpossible symptoms. The table provides an insight to typicalsymptoms, their possible causes, and what components tocheck.

Symptom Probable cause Remedy

Leakage at threads between packing box and TDS/IDS main shaft

Poly Pak seal failure in main shaft stem liner

Replace seal by removing the stem liner and installing the new seal. Be sure to deburr the edges of the main shaft as sharp edges will cut the seal on installation. Reinstall the stem liner.

Lower O-ring failure 1. Remove washpipe assembly.2. Inspect the main shaft and stem liner for any burrs that can damage the O-ring and deburr as required. The surface of the stem liner should be smooth and flat. If it is not, replace stem liner.3. Replace the O-ring and reinstall the washpipe assembly.

Stem liner not smooth and does not allow O-ring to seal properly

Follow instructions outlined in the Inspection Procedures, When Washpipe Is To Be Removed From TDS/IDS.

Stem liner not flat and does not allow O-ring to seal properly

Follow instructions outlined in the Inspection Procedures, When Washpipe Is To Be Removed From TDS/IDS.

Spacers not flat and prevents packing seals from sealing between spacers proper

Follow inspection procedures as outlined in step 8 of the Disassembly Procedure.

Leakage at grease fitting access hole

Poly Pak seal failure in main shaft stem liner

Replace seal by removing the stem liner and installing the new seal. Be sure to deburr the edges of the main shaft as sharp edges will cut the seal on installation. Reinstall the stem liner.

Lower O-ring failure 1. Remove washpipe assembly.2. Inspect the main shaft and stem liner for any burrs that can damage the O-ring and deburr as required. The surface of the stem liner should be smooth and flat. If it is not, replace stem liner.3. Replace the O-ring and reinstall the washpipe assembly.

Page 293: D811000252-MAN-001

Washpipe 21

Standard Washpipe AssemblyTroubleshooting

Symptom Probable cause Remedy

Leakage through grease fitting access hole (cont)

Spacers not flat and prevents packing seals from sealing between spacers proper

Follow inspection procedures as outlined the Inspection Procedure.

Leakage at grease fitting Grease fitting failure Follow inspection procedures as outlined in step 12 of the Disassembly Procedure.

Leakage between the washpipe and the packing box

Packing failure Disassemble and inspect components. Replace worn or damaged components on reassembly of the washpipe.

Leakage between the washpipe and the washpipe nut

Packing failure or packing is improperly seated

Disassemble and inspect components. Replace worn or damaged components on reassembly of the washpipe.

Upper O-ring failure 1. Remove washpipe assembly. and replace O-ring. 2. Inspect the gooseneck and, for big bore units with lined goosenecks, the stem liner for any burrs that can damage the O-ring and deburr as required. The surface of the stem liner should be smooth and flat. If it is not, replace stem liner. 3. Replace the O-ring and reinstall the washpipe assembly.

Leakage at threads between washpipe nut and gooseneck

Upper O-ring failure 1. Remove washpipe assembly. and replace O-ring. 2. Inspect the gooseneck and, for big bore units with lined goosenecks, the stem liner for any burrs that can damage the O-ring and deburr as required. The surface of the stem liner should be smooth and flat. If it is not, replace stem liner.3. Replace the O-ring and reinstall the washpipe assembly.

Packing failure or packing is improperly seated

Disassemble and inspect components. Replace worn or damaged components on reassembly of the washpipe.

Premature failure after greasing

Improper greasing procedure

Greasing can cause the seal to unseat from the washpipe and cause premature failure of the assembly. Running the TDS/IDS without standpipe pressure allows the seals to reseat. Follow greasing procedure as outlined in the Lubrication Procedures.

Page 294: D811000252-MAN-001

22 Varco

Standard Washpipe AssemblyTroubleshooting

Symptom Probable cause Remedy

Premature failure accompanied by occasional spurts of mud from packing box

Washpipe alignment caused by improper installation, or misalignment of the gooseneck, or excessive bearing endplay

If necessary, reinstall washpipe or realign the gooseneck. Check washpipe alignment as follows (see illustration on following page):1. Install dial indicator base on packing box. Adjust dial indicator to contact the washpipe approximately one inch above the packing box.2. Rotate main shaft through one revolution, noting the minimum and maximum readings on the dial indicator. Subtract the minimum reading from the maximum reading to obtain the Total Indicated Runout (TIR). Maximum allowable TIR is 0.007 inch.3. If out of specification, check gooseneck alignment.

Premature failure accompanied by occasional spurts of mud from packing box

Misalignment of gooseneck- to-washpipe pilot

Inspect main shaft and mainshaft-to- gooseneck alignment as described in the Every Six Months Inspection procedure.

Installation problems The proper installation sequence allows the packing and washpipe to align to each other, and ensures that both the washpipe nut and the packing box engage their pilots. Follow proper installation procedures (refer to the Initial Installation Procedure).

Premature failure due to flanged packing

Nut not torqued Improper torque prevents metal-to-metal contact between the flat surfaces of the spacers. When pressure is applied, it will extrude the packing between the spacers. Follow proper torquing procedures as described in the Initial Installation Procedure.

Too mush grease during assembly of the unit

Too much grease prevents metal-to-metal contact between the flat surfaces of the spacers during operation. The grease can sustain a hydrostatic pressure that resists torque during the installation.

During operation the grease gradually leaks out resulting in loosening of the packing box. Follow proper greasing procedure during reassembly and check for proper spacer contact during installation (refer to the Initial Installation Procedure).

Page 295: D811000252-MAN-001

Washpipe 23

Standard Washpipe AssemblyTroubleshooting

PackingBox

DialIndicator

Washpipe

Page 296: D811000252-MAN-001

24 Varco

Standard Washpipe AssemblyTroubleshooting

Symptom Probable cause Remedy

Packing is worn out Poor greasing schedule or improper grease.

Follow proper lubrication procedures.

RPM, pressure and mud temperature too high

Friction between the seals and the washpipe create heat. TDS/IDS rpm and standpipe pressure contribute equally to the amount of heat generated. If pressure of rpm is increased, so is the amount of heat generated. Heat generation goes up with the square of the bore size. Mud is what cools the system. The hotter the mud, the less cooling it provides. The greater the amount of heat generated is relative to the amount of cooling the mud will provide, the hotter the seals run. As the seals run hotter, the wear resistance of the rubber drops. If using a large-bore washpipe, convert to a small-bore washpipe.

Packing extruding between spacers

Spacers too flat If the spaces are not flat, then metal-to-metal contact cannot be maintained even when they are bottomed out against each other. The resulting small gaps will allow the packing to extrude into these areas. Follow instructions outlined in the Inspection Procedures.

Nut not torqued Improper torque prevents metal-to-metal contact between the flat surfaces of the spacers. When pressure is applied, it will extrude the packing between the spacers. Follow proper torquing procedures as described in the Initial Installation Procedure.

Blue spacers Improper torque or grease on the OD of the spacers

Improper torque on the nut can lead to situations where the lower and middle spacers spin the packing box. The resulting heat achieves temperatures high enough to turn the spacers blue.

Unable to maintain torque on packing box

Improper assembly or installation

1. Remove washpipe assembly from TDS/IDS.2. Disassemble the washpipe assembly, setting aside the packing seals for the lower, middle, and upper spacers.3. Reassemble the washpipe assembly without the packing seals for the lower, middle, and upper spacers.

Page 297: D811000252-MAN-001

Washpipe 25

Standard Washpipe AssemblyTroubleshooting

Symptom Probable cause Remedy

Unable to maintain torque on packing box (cont)

4. Reinstall the washpipe assembly on the TDS/IDS as follows: a. Install the packing box onto the TDS/IDS main shaft. Tighten until spacers are firmly held. b. Install the holding ring into the washpipe nut and install washpipe nut onto the TDS/IDS goosneck until the holding ring is firmly in place. c. Using a dial indicator, measure and record the distance between the flat surfaces on the washpipe nut and the packing box. Also for future use, mark the location where the measurement is taken.

NOTETo ensure that the washpipe assembly has been sufficient tightened, measure the distance with each subsequent installation of the washpipe assembly.

Page 298: D811000252-MAN-001

26 Varco

Standard Washpipe AssemblyDisassembly

1. Remove washpipe assembly from the TDS/IDS.2. Completely disassemble the washpipe assembly.

Take care to prevent damage to the sharp edge of the upper and middle spacers.

3. Dispose of packing, washpipe and O-rings. These parts are not serviceable and must be replaced.

Procedure

O-Ring

O-Ring

Snap Ring

Holding Ring

Washpipe Nut

WashpipeDiscard and replace

these non-serviceableparts from the

washpipe assembly.

Packing Box

GreaseFitting

Socket HeadDog Nose

Screw

Packing Set(5 per Set)

Upper Spacer

Middle Spacer

Middle Spacer

i

Page 299: D811000252-MAN-001

Washpipe 27

Standard Washpipe AssemblyDisassembly

4. Thoroughly clean and inspect remainder of parts.5. Check that the ID of each spacer is within specification.6. Check that the flat portions of each spacer are free of burrs that

could prevent the spacers from seating properly. Burrs should be lightly filed flush. If surfaces are out-of-flat, replace spacer.

7. The edge that directly backs up the packing should be free of cuts, nicks, and burrs. If edge is damaged replace spacer.

Procedure

Upper Spacer

Middle Spacer

Middle Spacer

This surface to besmooth and flat

This surface to besmooth and flat

This edge to besharp

ID

ServiceLimit ID(inches)

WashpipeAssembly Spacer

VarcoPartNo.

ProperID

(inches)

Small Bore Upper 123585 3.635 to 3.640 3.645 Middle 30123286 3.635 to 3.640 3.645 Lower 123287 3.635 to 3.640 3.645

Large Bore Upper 30123434 4.895 to 4.900 4.905 Middle 30123435 4.895 to 4.900 4.905 Lower 30123436 4.895 to 4.900 4.905

Large to Small Bore Upper 123585 3.635 to 3.640 3.645 Middle 30123286 3.635 to 3.640 3.645 Lower 123287 3.635 to 3.640 3.645

Page 300: D811000252-MAN-001

28 Varco

Standard Washpipe AssemblyDisassembly

8. Check that the ID of the washpipe nut where the washpipe passes through.

9. Check that the ID of the packing box where the washpipe passes through.

Procedure

PackingBox

WashpipeNut

ID

Service Limit ID(inches)

WashpipeAssembly

Washpipe NutPart No.

Proper ID(inches)

Service Limit ID(inches)

Proper ID(inches)

Small Bore 123284 3.655 to 3.660 3.665

Large Bore 30123431 4.905 to 4.910 4.915

Large to 30153493 3.655 to 3.660 3.665Small Bore

WashpipeAssembly

Packing BoxPart No.

Small Bore 30123563 3.637 to 3.644

Large Bore 30123626 4.900 to 4.905

Large to 30153494 3.637 to 3.644Small Bore

Page 301: D811000252-MAN-001

Washpipe 29

Standard Washpipe AssemblyDisassembly

10. Inspect the holding ring drive dogs. Each dog has a slight undercut. If the undercut is no longer visible, replace the holding ring.

11. Check that the flat portions of the holding ring are free of burrs that could prevent the ring from seating properly. Burrs should be lightly filed flush.

12. Inspect the spring tension in the ball of the grease fitting. If the ball is not properly tensioned, replace the grease fitting. If in doubt, replace the grease fitting. Replace the grease fitting every six months or every other rebuild of the washpipe assembly, whichever period is longer, even if the grease fitting is working properly.

13. Reassemble the washpipe assembly as described in the Reassembly Procedure.

Procedure

HoldingRing

Undercut

reasei

This surface to besmooth and flat

This surface to besmooth and flat

Page 302: D811000252-MAN-001

30 Varco

Standard Washpipe AssemblyReassembly

1. Apply a light grease film to the outside of each packing seal and fill the plunge with grease, flush with the packing.

2. Install one packing seal into each of the four spacers (one upper, two middle, one lower) that go into the packing box. Wipe all excess grease from the top edge of the packing and all excess grease from the spacers. Take care to prevent damage to the sharp edges of the spacers.

Procedure

Upper Spacer

PackingSeal

Spacer

Middle Spacer

Middle Spacer

Fill with greaseto level shown

Sharp edgeof spacer Wipe grease

from area shown,all the way aroundon each spacer.Sharp edge

of spacer

Sharp edgeof spacer

Page 303: D811000252-MAN-001

Washpipe 31

Standard Washpipe AssemblyReassembly

i

3. Install each spacer (with packing seals) in the proper sequence in the packing box. Handle each spacer from the ID to ensure that no grease gets between the metal portions of the spacer, or on the outside diameter of the spacer. When installing the upper spacer, line up the slot in the upper spacer with the dowel pin in the packing box.

4. Install the socket head cap screws. The heads of the screwsshould bottom out in the nut casing. The dog head should notbottom out on the spaceer. The screw prevents the spacers from

not otherwise constrain them.5.

packing box.6.

NOT OVER GREASE.

Procedure

GreaseFitting

DowelPin

PackingBox

Socket HeadDog Nose

Screw

In the following step, an Arbor press may be required to compress the packing enough to in stall the screws.

Ensure that the nose of thesocket head dog nose screw

is fully engaged in the groove ofthe lower spacer (screw should

not push spacer off center)

.010" Min

Page 304: D811000252-MAN-001

32 Varco

Standard Washpipe AssemblyReassembly

7. Lightly grease the washpipe, then install the washpipe into the packing box, with the slotted end of the washpipe up and the non-slotted end flush with the bottom edge of the packing box.

8. Install the washpipe nut onto the washpipe.

Procedure

PackingBox

Washpipe

WashpipeNut

Page 305: D811000252-MAN-001

Washpipe 33

Standard Washpipe AssemblyReassembly

9. Lightly grease the packing seal, fill the plunge with grease, and install in the holding ring, taking care to not damage the seal on the splines of the washpipe. Wipe all excess grease from the top edge of the packing and wipe all grease from the holding ring.

10. Insert the holding ring and packing, seal side down, over the slotted end of the washpipe.

11. Install the snap ring.12. Install the upper and lower O-rings. Apply a light coat of grease

to the O-rings.

13.approximately the length of the washpippe.

14.Initial Installation Procedure.

Procedure

HoldingRing

SnapRing

O-ring

PackingSeal

PackingSeal

HoldingRing

Fill with greaseto level shown.

Wipe greasefrom area shown,all the way aroundthe holding ring.

Page 306: D811000252-MAN-001

34 Varco

Standard Washpipe AssemblyIllustrated Parts List

O-Ring

Snap Ring

Holding Ring

WashpipeNut

Washpipe

Packing Box

Grease Fitting

Socket HeadDog Nose Screw

Long-ArmAllen Wrench

Packing Set5 per set

O-Ring

Upper Spacer

Middle Spacer

Middle Spacer

Lower Spacer

Page 307: D811000252-MAN-001

Washpipe 35

Standard Washpipe AssemblyIllustrated Parts List

Description Small Bore(3-inch)

Large Bore(4-inch)

Large-to-Small Bore

Washpipe Assembly 30123290 30123440 30153491

O-Ring 51300-348-F 51300-359-F 51300-348-F

Snap Ring 30123562 123634 30123562

Holding Ring 30123288 30123437 30123288

Washpipe Nut 123284 30123431 30153493

Washpipe 30123289 (7,500 psi)

30123438 (7,500 psi)

30123289(7,500 psi)

Packing Box 30123563 30123626 30153494

Grease Fitting 53219-1 53219-1 53219-1

Socket Head Screw 30123564 30123564 30123564

Upper Spacer 123585 30123434 123585

Middle Spacer 30123286 30123435 30123286

Lower Spacer 123287 30123436 123287

Pressure Seal Kit (Packing Set)

30123290-PK 30123440-PK 30123290-PK

Stem Liners 98290 112871 30153492

Poly Pak Seal 98291 112895 112895

Grease 56005-1 56005-1 56005-1

Page 308: D811000252-MAN-001

36 Varco

Hammerless Washpipe AssemblyInitial Installation

i

i

Nut

Yoke 2 places

During installation the washpipe assembly is brought into place as one unit and handled by a tugger line. Ensure that the washpipe assembly is strapped together securely before lifting.

1. Unlock the TDS/IDS handling yoke from its stored position and swing it out to accept the washpipe assembly.

Procedure

Makes the washpipe assembly easier to install by allowing it to swing in and out of the motor-support bonnet.

Page 309: D811000252-MAN-001

Washpipe 37

Hammerless Washpipe AssemblyInitial Installation

Torque WrenchTorque MultiplierRatio – 18.5 to 1

Removable extension

the TDS/IDS main shaft.4.

it until it makes contact with the top of the main shaft.5.

packing box and the washpipe nuts.6. Apply pipe dope to the threads and hand-tighten the

washpipe nut and packing box.7.

align the pipe in the packing box.8. Set the TDS/IDS brake.

Procedure

9. Loosen the thumb screw on the pinion gear and raise the pinion gear from its stored position and lock the thumb screw in place when it aligns with the gear on the packing box. It may be necessary to rotate the square drive shaft to engage the gears.

10. Install the torque kit assembly over the square shaft. Set the torque wrench to 100 ft-lb and begin applying torque to the packing box gradually until the torque wrench clicks.

11. Disengage the pinion gear from the packing box gear and engage it with the washpipe nut gear and secure it in place. Similarly, apply torque to the washpipe nut, completing the installation of the washpipe assembly.

12. Apply 6 to 8 pumps of grease to the grease fittings.13. Return the pinion gear to its stored position and secure it

with the thumb screw. Secure the handling yoke to its stored position by pinning it with the two pins.

14. Release the TDS/IDS brake and rotate the TDS/IDS at approximately 50 rpm for one minute.

Torque Wrench Applied Torque to Setting-ft.-lbf. Nut-ft.-lbf. 75 4,500 100 6,000 125 7,500 150 9,000

Page 310: D811000252-MAN-001

38 Varco

Hammerless Washpipe AssemblyMaintenance Schedules

Inspection Schedule

Item Inspect for Interval

Mating surface of stem liner(s) while it is installed in the TDS/IDS main shaft or gooseneck

• Surface should be smooth and free of flaws or burrs• ID of stem liners

When washpipe assembly is to be removed from TDS/IDS

TDS/IDS main shaft bearing endplay Endplay is within specification (refer to TDS/IDS Service Manual)

Once every six months and immediately after jarring

Washpipe Assembly grease fitting Proper operation Replace every six months

Washpipe pilot on the gooseneck and the washpipe pilot on the TDS/IDS main shaft

Proper alignment between pilots

After TDS/IDS main shaft bearing endplay has been checked and is within specification

All parts Refer to Disassembly Procedure

Upon disassembly of washpipe assembly

Cleaning Schedule

Item Procedure Interval

TDS bonnet (inside) Remove residual mud Weekly

Lubrication Schedule

Item Procedure Interval

Washpipe Assembly grease fitting Apply 3 to 4 pumps of grease

Twice daily or every 10 rotating hours

!To prevent rust from damaging parts, properly clean andgrease the following parts before storage:

1. Jacking nut and shaft threads 2. Square shaft from top to bottom 3. Gear teeth on all three gears

Page 311: D811000252-MAN-001

Washpipe 39

Hammerless Washpipe AssemblyInspection ProceduresEvery Six Months

Washpipe Assembly Alignment

Satisfactory packing life depends on good washpipe alignment. Use the following procedure to check sleeve-to-gooseneck support alignment:

1. Attach an indicator base to the gooseneck support and place the indicator at the top of the sleeve.

2. Raise and lower the sleeve and record the total indicator reading.

3. Attach a magnetic indicator base or an improvised holding fixture to the sleeve or packing box.

4. Rotate the sleeve 360° and record the TIR.

Washpipe Assembly Tolerances

Use the following procedure to check washpipe assembly tolerances:

1. Shim the gooseneck support to obtain a required bearing clearance of 0.001 to 0.003 inch.

2. Check the clearance by raising and lowering the sleeve. The maximum allowable misalignment at the gooseneck support bore is 0.008 inch TIR. The maximum allowable misalignment at the gooseneck pilot is 0.010 inch TIR. The maximum allowable misalignment after complete assembly of the washpipe assembly is 0.010 inch TIR.

iInspection may indicate misalignment exceedingrecommended limits. The packing box assemblies aredesigned to accommodate misalignment of the sleeve tothe gooseneck and can operate with some excessivemisalignment. However, to achieve maximum packing life,maintain the misalignment at the washpipe within therecommended limits.

Page 312: D811000252-MAN-001

40 Varco

Hammerless Washpipe AssemblyInspection ProceduresEvery Six Months

DialIndicator

WashpipeGrease Fitting

Replace

1. Remove the washpipe assembly and replace the grease fitting.

2. Check the mainshaft axial movement by applying an upward force to the mainshaft and measuring the amount of axial movement with a dial indicator.

3. If axial shaft movement is not .001 in. to .003 in., remove the bearing retainer and adjust the number of shims under the bearing retainer as required to allow .001 in. to .003 in. of axial shaft movement (end play) with the bearing retainer capscrews tightened to the required torque depending on the size of the capscrew (refer to the Initial Installation Procedure for proper torque requirements).

Procedure

Page 313: D811000252-MAN-001

Washpipe 41

Hammerless Washpipe AssemblyInspection ProceduresEvery Six Months

DialIndicator

0.002 TIR betweenthese two surfaces

GooseneckPilot

Main ShaftPilot

Bonnet removedfor clarity.

Page 314: D811000252-MAN-001

42 Varco

Hammerless Washpipe AssemblyLubrication ProceduresDaily Lubrication

1. Twice daily or once every 10 hours of rotation, apply 3 to 4 pumps of grease to the washpipe grease fitting.

2. Rotate the TDS/IDS at 50 rpm for one minute with 0 psi standpipe pressure.

3. Turn on the mud pumps and check for leaks.

Manufacturer Description

Shell Cyprina

ProcedureRecommended Grease

Page 315: D811000252-MAN-001

Washpipe 43

Hammerless Washpipe AssemblyTroubleshooting

iThe troubleshooting table does not necessarily cover allpossible symptoms. The table provides an insight to typicalsymptoms, their possible causes, and what components tocheck.

Symptom Probable cause Remedy

Leakage at threads between packing box and TDS/IDS main shaft

Poly Pak seal failure in main shaft stem liner

Replace seal by removing the stem liner and installing the new seal. Be sure to deburr the edges of the main shaft as sharp edges will cut the seal on installation. Reinstall the stem liner.

Lower O-ring failure 1. Remove washpipe assembly.2. Inspect the main shaft and stem liner for any burrs that can damage the O-ring and deburr as required. The surface of the stem liner should be smooth and flat. If it is not, replace stem liner.3. Replace the O-ring and reinstall the washpipe assembly.

Stem liner not smooth and does not allow O-ring to seal properly

Follow instructions outlined in the Inspection Procedures, When Washpipe Is To Be Removed From TDS/IDS.

Stem liner not flat and does not allow O-ring to seal properly

Follow instructions outlined in the Inspection Procedures, When Washpipe Is To Be Removed From TDS/IDS.

Spacers not flat and prevents packing seals from sealing between spacers proper

Follow inspection procedures as outlined in step 8 of the Disassembly Procedure.

Leakage at grease fitting access hole

Poly Pak seal failure in main shaft stem liner

Replace seal by removing the stem liner and installing the new seal. Be sure to deburr the edges of the main shaft as sharp edges will cut the seal on installation. Reinstall the stem liner.

Lower O-ring failure 1. Remove washpipe assembly.2. Inspect the main shaft and stem liner for any burrs that can damage the O-ring and deburr as required. The surface of the stem liner should be smooth and flat. If it is not, replace stem liner.3. Replace the O-ring and reinstall the washpipe assembly.

Page 316: D811000252-MAN-001

44 Varco

Hammerless Washpipe AssemblyTroubleshooting

Symptom Probable cause Remedy

Leakage through grease fitting access hole (cont)

Spacers not flat and prevents packing seals from sealing between spacers proper

Follow inspection procedures as outlined the Inspection Procedure.

Leakage at grease fitting Grease fitting failure Follow inspection procedures as outlined in step 12 of the Disassembly Procedure.

Leakage between the washpipe and the packing box

Packing failure Disassemble and inspect components. Replace worn or damaged components on reassembly of the washpipe.

Leakage between the washpipe and the washpipe nut

Packing failure or packing is improperly seated

Disassemble and inspect components. Replace worn or damaged components on reassembly of the washpipe.

Upper O-ring failure 1. Remove washpipe assembly. and replace O-ring. 2. Inspect the gooseneck and, for big bore units with lined goosenecks, the stem liner for any burrs that can damage the O-ring and deburr as required. The surface of the stem liner should be smooth and flat. If it is not, replace stem liner. 3. Replace the O-ring and reinstall the washpipe assembly.

Leakage at threads between washpipe nut and gooseneck

Upper O-ring failure 1. Remove washpipe assembly. and replace O-ring. 2. Inspect the gooseneck and, for big bore units with lined goosenecks, the stem liner for any burrs that can damage the O-ring and deburr as required. The surface of the stem liner should be smooth and flat. If it is not, replace stem liner.3. Replace the O-ring and reinstall the washpipe assembly.

Packing failure or packing is improperly seated

Disassemble and inspect components. Replace worn or damaged components on reassembly of the washpipe.

Premature failure after greasing

Improper greasing procedure

Greasing can cause the seal to unseat from the washpipe and cause premature failure of the assembly. Running the TDS/IDS without standpipe pressure allows the seals to reseat. Follow greasing procedure as outlined in the Lubrication Procedures.

Page 317: D811000252-MAN-001

Washpipe 45

Hammerless Washpipe AssemblyTroubleshooting

Symptom Probable cause Remedy

Premature failure accompanied by occasional spurts of mud from packing box

Washpipe alignment caused by improper installation, or misalignment of the gooseneck, or excessive bearing endplay

If necessary, reinstall washpipe or realign the gooseneck. Check washpipe alignment as follows (see illustration on following page):1. Install dial indicator base on packing box. Adjust dial indicator to contact the washpipe approximately one inch above the packing box.2. Rotate main shaft through one revolution, noting the minimum and maximum readings on the dial indicator. Subtract the minimum reading from the maximum reading to obtain the Total Indicated Runout (TIR). Maximum allowable TIR is 0.007 inch.3. If out of specification, check gooseneck alignment.

Premature failure accompanied by occasional spurts of mud from packing box

Misalignment of gooseneck- to-washpipe pilot

Inspect main shaft and mainshaft-to- gooseneck alignment as described in the Every Six Months Inspection procedure.

Installation problems The proper installation sequence allows the packing and washpipe to align to each other, and ensures that both the washpipe nut and the packing box engage their pilots. Follow proper installation procedures (refer to the Initial Installation Procedure).

Premature failure due to flanged packing

Nut not torqued Improper torque prevents metal-to-metal contact between the flat surfaces of the spacers. When pressure is applied, it will extrude the packing between the spacers. Follow proper torquing procedures as described in the Initial Installation Procedure.

Too mush grease during assembly of the unit

Too much grease prevents metal-to-metal contact between the flat surfaces of the spacers during operation. The grease can sustain a hydrostatic pressure that resists torque during the installation.

During operation the grease gradually leaks out resulting in loosening of the packing box. Follow proper greasing procedure during reassembly and check for proper spacer contact during installation (refer to the Initial Installation Procedure).

Page 318: D811000252-MAN-001

46 Varco

Hammerless Washpipe AssemblyTroubleshooting

PackingBox

DialIndicator

Washpipe

Page 319: D811000252-MAN-001

Washpipe 47

Hammerless Washpipe AssemblyTroubleshooting

Symptom Probable cause Remedy

Packing is worn out Poor greasing schedule or improper grease.

Follow proper lubrication procedures.

RPM, pressure and mud temperature too high

Friction between the seals and the washpipe create heat. TDS/IDS rpm and standpipe pressure contribute equally to the amount of heat generated. If pressure of rpm is increased, so is the amount of heat generated. Heat generation goes up with the square of the bore size. Mud is what cools the system. The hotter the mud, the less cooling it provides. The greater the amount of heat generated is relative to the amount of cooling the mud will provide, the hotter the seals run. As the seals run hotter, the wear resistance of the rubber drops. If using a large-bore washpipe, convert to a small-bore washpipe.

Packing extruding between spacers

Spacers too flat If the spaces are not flat, then metal-to-metal contact cannot be maintained even when they are bottomed out against each other. The resulting small gaps will allow the packing to extrude into these areas. Follow instructions outlined in the Inspection Procedures.

Nut not torqued Improper torque prevents metal-to-metal contact between the flat surfaces of the spacers. When pressure is applied, it will extrude the packing between the spacers. Follow proper torquing procedures as described in the Initial Installation Procedure.

Blue spacers Improper torque or grease on the OD of the spacers

Improper torque on the nut can lead to situations where the lower and middle spacers spin the packing box. The resulting heat achieves temperatures high enough to turn the spacers blue.

Unable to maintain torque on packing box

Improper assembly or installation

1. Remove washpipe assembly from TDS/IDS.2. Disassemble the washpipe assembly, setting aside the packing seals for the lower, middle, and upper spacers.3. Reassemble the washpipe assembly without the packing seals for the lower, middle, and upper spacers.

Page 320: D811000252-MAN-001

48 Varco

Hammerless Washpipe AssemblyTroubleshooting

Symptom Probable cause Remedy

Unable to maintain torque on packing box (cont)

4. Reinstall the washpipe assembly on the TDS/IDS as follows: a. Install the packing box onto the TDS/IDS main shaft. Tighten until spacers are firmly held. b. Install the holding ring into the washpipe nut and install washpipe nut onto the TDS/IDS goosneck until the holding ring is firmly in place. c. Using a dial indicator, measure and record the distance between the flat surfaces on the washpipe nut and the packing box. Also for future use, mark the location where the measurement is taken.

NOTETo ensure that the washpipe assembly has been sufficient tightened, measure the distance with each subsequent installation of the washpipe assembly.

Page 321: D811000252-MAN-001

Washpipe 49

Hammerless Washpipe AssemblyRemoving the Washpipe AssemblyRemove the washpipe assembly by reversing the Installation Procedure.

!Once the packing box and washpipe nuts are unscrewed,the assembly must be strapped together as one unit beforeit is picked up by the handling yoke.

iThe hammerless washpipe assembly must always behandled as one unit. Avoid disassembly unless yoususpect faulty parts (refer to Troubleshooting).

Page 322: D811000252-MAN-001

50 Varco

Hammerless Washpipe AssemblyDisassembly

1. Remove washpipe assembly from the TDS/IDS.2. Completely disassemble the washpipe assembly.

Take care to prevent damage to the sharp edge of the upper and middle spacers.

3. Dispose of packing, washpipe and O-rings. These parts are not serviceable and must be replaced.

Procedure

O-Ring

O-Ring

Snap Ring

Holding Ring

WashpipeNut

WashpipeDiscard and replace

these non-serviceableparts from the

washpipe assembly.

PackingBox

GreaseFitting

Socket HeadDog Nose Screw

Packing Set(5 per Set)

Upper Spacer

Middle Spacer

Middle Spacer

i

Page 323: D811000252-MAN-001

Washpipe 51

Hammerless Washpipe AssemblyDisassembly

Upper Spacer

Middle Spacer

4. Thoroughly clean and inspect remainder of parts.5. Check that the ID of each spacer is within specification.6. Check that the flat portions of each spacer are free of burrs that

could prevent the spacers from seating properly. Burrs should be lightly filed flush. If surfaces are out-of-flat, replace spacer.

7. The edge that directly backs up the packing should be free of cuts, nicks, and burrs. If edge is damaged replace spacer.

Procedure

This surface to besmooth and flat

This surface to besmooth and flat

This edge to besharp

ID

ServiceLimit ID(inches)

WashpipeAssembly Spacer

VarcoPartNo.

ProperID

(inches)

Large Bore Upper 30123434 4.895 to 4.900 4.905 Middle 30123435 4.895 to 4.900 4.905 Lower 30123436 4.895 to 4.900 4.905

Large to Small Bore Upper 123585 3.635 to 3.640 3.645 Middle 30123286 3.635 to 3.640 3.645 Lower 123287 3.635 to 3.640 3.645

Page 324: D811000252-MAN-001

52 Varco

Hammerless Washpipe AssemblyDisassembly

8. Check that the ID of the washpipe nut where the washpipe passes through.

9. Check that the ID of the packing box where the washpipe passes through.

Procedure

PackingBox

hpipeut

ID

Service Limit ID(inches)

WashpipeAssembly

Washpipe NutPart No.

Proper ID(inches)

Service Limit ID(inches)

Proper ID(inches)

Large Bore 30123431 4.905 to 4.910 4.915

Large to 30153493 3.655 to 3.660 3.665Small Bore

WashpipeAssembly

Packing BoxPart No.

Large Bore 30123626 4.900 to 4.905

Large to 30153494 3.637 to 3.644 3 650Small Bore

Page 325: D811000252-MAN-001

Washpipe 53

Hammerless Washpipe AssemblyDisassembly

GreaFitti

HoldingRing

10. Inspect the holding ring drive dogs. Each dog has a slight undercut. If the undercut is no longer visible, replace the holding ring.

11. Check that the flat portions of the holding ring are free of burrs that could prevent the ring from seating properly. Burrs should be lightly filed flush.

12. Inspect the spring tension in the ball of the grease fitting. If the ball is not properly tensioned, replace the grease fitting. If in doubt, replace the grease fitting. Replace the grease fitting every six months or every other rebuild of the washpipe assembly, whichever period is longer, even if the grease fitting is working properly.

13. Reassemble the washpipe assembly as described in the Reassembly Procedure.

Procedure

Undercut

This surface to besmooth and flat

This surface to besmooth and flat

Page 326: D811000252-MAN-001

54 Varco

Hammerless Washpipe AssemblyReassembly

1. Apply a light grease film to the outside of each packing seal and fill the plunge with grease, flush with the packing.

2. Install one packing seal into each of the four spacers (one upper, two middle, one lower) that go into the packing box. Wipe all excess grease from the top edge of the packing and all excess grease from the spacers. Take care to prevent damage to the sharp edges of the spacers.

Procedure

Upper Spacer

PackingSeal

Spacer

Middle Spacer

Fill with greaseto level shown

Sharp edgeof spacer Wipe grease

from area shown,all the way aroundon each spacer.Sharp edge

of spacer

Sharp edgeof spacer

Page 327: D811000252-MAN-001

Washpipe 55

Hammerless Washpipe AssemblyReassembly

i

3. Install each spacer (with packing seals) in the proper sequence in the packing box. Handle each spacer from the ID to ensure that no grease gets between the metal portions of the spacer, or on the outside diameter of the spacer. When installing the upper spacer, line up the slot in the upper spacer with the dowel pin in the packing box.

4. Install the socket head cap screws. The heads of the screwsshould bottom out in the nut casing. The dog head should notbottom out on the spaceer. The screw prevents the spacers from

not otherwise constrain them.5.

packing box.6.

NOT OVER GREASE.

Procedure

PackingBox

DowelPinGrease

Fitting

Socket HeadDog Nose

Screw

In the following step, an Arbor press may be required to compress the packing enough to in stall the screws.

Ensure that the nose of thesocket head dog nose screw

is fully engaged in the groove ofthe lower spacer (screw should

not push spacer off center)

.010" Min

Page 328: D811000252-MAN-001

56 Varco

Hammerless Washpipe AssemblyReassembly

7. Lightly grease the washpipe, then install the washpipe into the packing box, with the slotted end of the washpipe up and the non-slotted end flush with the bottom edge of the packing box.

8. Install the washpipe nut onto the washpipe.

Procedure

Washpipe

WashpipeNut

PackingBox

Page 329: D811000252-MAN-001

Washpipe 57

Hammerless Washpipe AssemblyReassembly

9. Lightly grease the packing seal, fill the plunge with grease, and install in the holding ring, taking care to not damage the seal on the splines of the washpipe. Wipe all excess grease from the top edge of the packing and wipe all grease from the holding ring.

10. Insert the holding ring and packing, seal side down, over the slotted end of the washpipe.

11. Install the snap ring.12. Install the upper and lower O-rings. Apply a light coat of grease

to the O-rings.

13.approximately the length of the washpippe.

14.Initial Installation Procedure.

Procedure

HoldingRing

SnapRing

O-ring

PackingSeal

PackingSeal

HoldingRing

Fill with greaseto level shown.

Wipe greasefrom area shown,all the way aroundthe holding ring.

Page 330: D811000252-MAN-001

58 Varco

Hammerless Washpipe AssemblyIllustrated Parts List

O-Ring

Snap Ring

Holding Ring

WashpipeNut

Washpipe

Packing Box

Grease Fitting

Socket HeadDog Nose Screw

Long-ArmAllen Wrench

Packing Set5 per set

O-Ring

Upper Spacer

Middle Spacer

Middle Spacer

Lower Spacer

Page 331: D811000252-MAN-001

Washpipe 59

Hammerless Washpipe AssemblyIllustrated Parts List

Description Large Bore(4-inch)

Large-to-Small Bore

Washpipe Assembly 30156883 & 30156883-750 30173058-50 & 30173058-100

O-Ring 51300-359-F 51300-348-F

Snap Ring 123634 30123562

Holding Ring 30123437 30123288

Washpipe Nut 30152547 30173057

Washpipe - Low Pressure 30123438 (7,500 psi) 30123289 (7,500 psi)

Washpipe - High Pressure 30123438-TC (7,500 psi) 30123289-TC (10,000 psi)

Packing Box 30156884 30173056

Grease Fitting 53219-1 53219-1

Socket Head Screw 30123564 30123564

Upper Spacer 30123434 123585

Middle Spacer 30123435 30123286

Lower Spacer 30123436 30123287

Pressure Seal Kit (Packing Set)

30123584-2 (7,500 psi) 123292-2 (7,500 psi)

Stem Liner 112871 30153492

Poly Pak Seal 112895 112895

Grease 56005-1 56005-1

Page 332: D811000252-MAN-001

60 Varco

Glossary

ID - Inner Diameter

IDS - Integrated Drilling System

OD - Outer Diamaeter

TDS - Top Drive System

TIR - Total Indicator Reading

Page 333: D811000252-MAN-001

This page left blank intentionally.

Page 334: D811000252-MAN-001

Technical Drawing Package

TDS-4S

www.nov.com D811000461-GEN-001/01

RIG/PLANT

ADDITIONAL CODE

SDRL CODE

TOTAL PGS

REMARKS MAIN TAG NUMBER

DISCIPLINE

CLIENT PO NUMBER CLIENT DOCUMENT NUMBER

Client Document Number

Petrobras P14

REFERENCE

M614000012-GEN-001 REFERENCE DESCRIPTION

Customer Configuration This document contains proprietary and confidential information which is the property of National Oilwell Varco, L.P., its affiliates or subsidiaries (all collectively referred to hereinafter as "NOV"). It is loaned for limited purposes only and remains the property of NOV. Reproduction, in whole or in part, or use of this design or distribution of this information to others is not permitted without the express written consent of NOV. This document is to be returned to NOV upon request or upon completion of the use for which it was loaned. This document and the information contained and represented herein is the copyrighted property of NOV. © National Oilwell Varco

National Oilwell Varco RIG SOLUTIONS

12950 West Little York Houston, TX 77041

DOCUMENT NUMBER

D811000252-DOS-001 REV

01

Page 335: D811000252-MAN-001

Document number D811000252-DOS-001 Revision 01 Page 2

D811000461-GEN-001/01

REVISION HISTORY

01 17.04.2008 First Issue J. Kellstrom K. Schmidt R. ShumskiRev Date (dd.mm.yyyy) Reason for issue Prepared Checked Approved

CHANGE DESCRIPTION Revision Change Description

01 New Release

www.nov.com

Page 336: D811000252-MAN-001

Document number D811000252-DOS-001 Revision 01 Page 3

D811000461-GEN-001/01

www.nov.com

TECHNICAL DRAWING PACKAGE This document provides a list of drawings for the TDS-4S. The actual drawings are arranged in the binder in numerical order.

Drawings by Assembly General Customer Configuration................................................................... M614000012-GEN-001

General Arrangement, Overall……………………………………….. .D721000114-GAD-001

General Arrangement .......................................................................D721000256-GAD-001

Hydraulic Schematic………………………………………………….. ..D614000084-SCH-001

Single Line Diagram…………………………………………………………………... 30184728

Interconnect Diagram ………………………….. .................................................... 30184729

Cable Schedule………………………………………………… ............................... 30184730

Network Diagram……………………………………………………………………….30184731

I/O Map………………………………………………… ............................................ 30184732

Hazardous Equipment Index………………………………………………………… 30184733

Hose Kit, CRT to PH-85…………………. ........................................ M614000509-ASM-001

Top Drive Assembly Motor Housing Assembly…………….. ........................................ .121344-SE-088-10-50SB

Drilling Motor Assembly………............................................................... 88585-SH-Q

Rotating Head Assembly……………………… ........................................ 116417-500

Hydraulic Motor Assembly…………………………………………… .........116418

Washpipe Assembly …………………………….. ........................................ 30123290

Compound Gear Assembly (Helical)……………............................. 116804-500/-501

Guide Dolly Assembly......................................... ................................................. 30184932

Cylinder Assembly………………. ............................................................... 30151882

Alignment Cylinder Assembly………… ...................................................... 30172237

Motor Electrical Installation Kit…………………… ..............................M614000217-SE-U24

Motor Power J-Box Assembly………………………....................................... 79073-3

Valve Manifold Assembly……………………............................................116021-C16

J-Box Assembly I.S.………………………….. .............................................. 108616-6

Kit, Weather Seal, Electrical Gland…………………………. .......................... 30156499-500

Motor Cooling System……………………….......................................................109412-1A1

Oil Circulating Kit……………………….. ............................................................... 30181397

Oil Circulating Assembly………………………………… .............................. 30181991

Pump/Motor Assembly……………. .................................................... 30182305

Page 337: D811000252-MAN-001

Document number D811000252-DOS-001 Revision 01 Page 4

D811000461-GEN-001/01

www.nov.com

“S” Pipe Installation Kit………………………........................................................... 94075-1

S-Pipe Assembly……………. .................................................................... 91677-502

Retrofit Kit, Rotating Head Motor Assembly………………………………..M614000418-500

Gearbox Lubrication Kit………………….................................................................. 92643-1

Counterbalance Kit………………………………………………................................. 95031-1

Dolly Assembly, Block...........................................................................................30184930

Dolly Assembly, Auxiliary……………………………………………………………. . 30184928

Pipe Handler and Adapter Kits Pipe Handler Installation Kit, PH-85…. ....................................................... 30179600-J35A

Torque Wrench Assembly…………………………………………..……….95461-AJBX

Cylinder, Clevis Assembly…………………………………………………..…91265

Lift Cylinder Assembly…………………………………………. .......……..…90864

Stabbing Guide Assembly…………………………………………….…..30115170

Manifold Assembly, Elevator Rotate………………………..……………...116023

Manifold Assembly, Rectifier……………………………….… ....... 30171689-501

Torque Arrestor Assembly ....................................................................... .90471-1, -2

Stabbing Guide Assembly……………………………………………….…..108362

Jaw Assembly, PH-85………………………………………………………….90851

Hydraulic Link Tilt Assembly………………………………………..………....…..128996

Crank Assembly……. ................................................................................. 30173893

Upper IBOP………………………………………………………………….30173885-500

Lower IBOP………………………………………………………………………90811-500

PH-85 Adapter Kit………………………………….…………………………………....109961-2

Stabbing Guide Assembly, NC50…………………………………………………..99302

Actuator Shell/Crank Assembly……………………………………..………………….141324-1

Kit, Link Tilt Clamp……………………………………….……………………...M614000290-50

Control System Control Panel……………………........................................................................... 30184445

Service Loops, Derrick Terminations, and Miscellaneous Kits Service Loop Kit, Electrical…. ........................................................................ 117933-86-10

Service Loop, Fluids…………....................................................................109179-86-19-10

Derrick Termination Kit………. ..................................................................................123371

Page 338: D811000252-MAN-001

Document number D811000252-DOS-001 Revision 01 Page 5

www.nov.com

Driller’s Recorder Transducer Kit…………………………….……………………………80149

Page 339: D811000252-MAN-001

Document number D811000252-DOS-001 Revision 01 Page 6

D811000461-GEN-001/01

www.nov.com

Drawings In Numerical Order Motor Power J-Box Assembly………………………................................................. 79073-3

Driller’s Recorder Transducer Kit…………………………….……………………………80149

Drilling Motor Assembly……….. ....................................................................... 88585-SH-Q

Torque Arrestor Assembly................................................................................. .90471-1, -2

Lower IBOP………………………………………………………………………..……90811-500

Jaw Assembly, PH-85………………………………………………………………………90851

Lift Cylinder Assembly……………………………………………………............……..…90864

Cylinder, Clevis Assembly………………………………..……………………………..…91265

S-Pipe Assembly……………. .............................................................................. 91677-502

Gearbox Lubrication Kit………………….................................................................. 92643-1

“S” Pipe Installation Kit………………………........................................................... 94075-1

Counterbalance Kit………………………………………………................................. 95031-1

Torque Wrench Assembly……………………………………………………..…...95461-AJBX

Stabbing Guide Assembly, NC50…………………………………………… ........ ……..99302

Stabbing Guide Assembly………………………………………………………………..108362

J-Box Assembly I.S.………………………….. ........................................................ 108616-6

Service Loop, Fluids…………....................................................................109179-86-19-10

Motor Cooling System……………………….......................................................109412-1A1

PH-85 Adapter Kit………………………………….…………………………………....109961-2

Valve Manifold Assembly…………………….. ...................................................116021-C16

Manifold Assembly, Elevator Rotate…………………………………………..........…..116023

Rotating Head Assembly……………………… .................................................. 116417-500

Hydraulic Motor Assembly…………………………………………… ...........................116418

Compound Gear Assembly (Helical)……………....................................... 116804-500/-501

Service Loop Kit, Electrical…. ........................................................................ 117933-86-10

Motor Housing Assembly…………….. ........................................ .121344-SE-088-10-50SB

Derrick Termination Kit………. ..................................................................................123371

Hydraulic Link Tilt Assembly……………………………………………………………..128996

Actuator Shell/Crank Assembly……………………………………..………………….141324-1

Stabbing Guide Assembly………………………………………….……………...…..30115170

Washpipe Assembly …………………………….. .................................................. 30123290

Cylinder Assembly………………. ......................................................................... 30151882

Kit, Weather Seal, Electrical Gland…………………………. .......................... 30156499-500

Manifold Assembly, Rectifier………………………………………………........ 30171689-501

Page 340: D811000252-MAN-001

Document number D811000252-DOS-001 Revision 01 Page 7

www.nov.com

Alignment Cylinder Assembly………… ................................................................ 30172237

Upper IBOP…………………………………………………………..…………….30173885-500

Crank Assembly……. ........................................................................................... 30173893

Pipe Handler Installation Kit, PH-85…. ....................................................... 30179600-J35A

Oil Circulating Kit……………………….. ............................................................... 30181397

Oil Circulating Assembly………………………………… ....................................... 30181991

Pump/Motor Assembly……………. ...................................................................... 30182305

Control Panel……………………........................................................................... 30184445

Single Line Diagram…………………………………………………………………... 30184728

Interconnect Diagram ………………………….. .................................................... 30184729

Cable Schedule………………………………………………… ............................... 30184730

Network Diagram……………………………………………………………………….30184731

I/O Map………………………………………………… ............................................ 30184732

Hazardous Equipment Index………………………………………………………… 30184733

Dolly Assembly, Auxiliary……………………………………………………………. . 30184928

Dolly Assembly, Block...........................................................................................30184930

Guide Dolly Assembly......................................... ................................................. 30184932

Hydraulic Schematic………………………………………………….. ..D614000084-SCH-001

General Arrangement, Overall……………………………………….. .D721000114-GAD-001

General Arrangement .......................................................................D721000256-GAD-001

Customer Configuration................................................................... M614000012-GEN-001

Motor Electrical Installation Kit…………………… ..............................M614000217-SE-U24

Kit, Link Tilt Clamp……………………………………….……………………...M614000290-50

Retrofit Kit, Rotating Head Motor Assembly………………………………..M614000418-500

Hose Kit, CRT to PH-85…………………. ........................................ M614000509-ASM-001

Page 341: D811000252-MAN-001
Page 342: D811000252-MAN-001
Page 343: D811000252-MAN-001
Page 344: D811000252-MAN-001
Page 345: D811000252-MAN-001
Page 346: D811000252-MAN-001
Page 347: D811000252-MAN-001
Page 348: D811000252-MAN-001
Page 349: D811000252-MAN-001
Page 350: D811000252-MAN-001
Page 351: D811000252-MAN-001
Page 352: D811000252-MAN-001
Page 353: D811000252-MAN-001
Page 354: D811000252-MAN-001
Page 355: D811000252-MAN-001
Page 356: D811000252-MAN-001
Page 357: D811000252-MAN-001
Page 358: D811000252-MAN-001
Page 359: D811000252-MAN-001
Page 360: D811000252-MAN-001
Page 361: D811000252-MAN-001
Page 362: D811000252-MAN-001
Page 363: D811000252-MAN-001
Page 364: D811000252-MAN-001
Page 365: D811000252-MAN-001
Page 366: D811000252-MAN-001
Page 367: D811000252-MAN-001
Page 368: D811000252-MAN-001
Page 369: D811000252-MAN-001
Page 370: D811000252-MAN-001
Page 371: D811000252-MAN-001
Page 372: D811000252-MAN-001
Page 373: D811000252-MAN-001
Page 374: D811000252-MAN-001
Page 375: D811000252-MAN-001
Page 376: D811000252-MAN-001
Page 377: D811000252-MAN-001
Page 378: D811000252-MAN-001
Page 379: D811000252-MAN-001
Page 380: D811000252-MAN-001
Page 381: D811000252-MAN-001
Page 382: D811000252-MAN-001
Page 383: D811000252-MAN-001
Page 384: D811000252-MAN-001
Page 385: D811000252-MAN-001
Page 386: D811000252-MAN-001
Page 387: D811000252-MAN-001
Page 388: D811000252-MAN-001
Page 389: D811000252-MAN-001
Page 390: D811000252-MAN-001
Page 391: D811000252-MAN-001
Page 392: D811000252-MAN-001
Page 393: D811000252-MAN-001
Page 394: D811000252-MAN-001
Page 395: D811000252-MAN-001
Page 396: D811000252-MAN-001
Page 397: D811000252-MAN-001
Page 398: D811000252-MAN-001
Page 399: D811000252-MAN-001
Page 400: D811000252-MAN-001
Page 401: D811000252-MAN-001
Page 402: D811000252-MAN-001
Page 403: D811000252-MAN-001
Page 404: D811000252-MAN-001
Page 405: D811000252-MAN-001
Page 406: D811000252-MAN-001
Page 407: D811000252-MAN-001
Page 408: D811000252-MAN-001
Page 409: D811000252-MAN-001
Page 410: D811000252-MAN-001
Page 411: D811000252-MAN-001
Page 412: D811000252-MAN-001
Page 413: D811000252-MAN-001
Page 414: D811000252-MAN-001
Page 415: D811000252-MAN-001
Page 416: D811000252-MAN-001
Page 417: D811000252-MAN-001
Page 418: D811000252-MAN-001
Page 419: D811000252-MAN-001
Page 420: D811000252-MAN-001
Page 421: D811000252-MAN-001
Page 422: D811000252-MAN-001
Page 423: D811000252-MAN-001
Page 424: D811000252-MAN-001
Page 425: D811000252-MAN-001
Page 426: D811000252-MAN-001
Page 427: D811000252-MAN-001
Page 428: D811000252-MAN-001
Page 429: D811000252-MAN-001
Page 430: D811000252-MAN-001
Page 431: D811000252-MAN-001
Page 432: D811000252-MAN-001
Page 433: D811000252-MAN-001
Page 434: D811000252-MAN-001
Page 435: D811000252-MAN-001
Page 436: D811000252-MAN-001
Page 437: D811000252-MAN-001
Page 438: D811000252-MAN-001
Page 439: D811000252-MAN-001
Page 440: D811000252-MAN-001
Page 441: D811000252-MAN-001
Page 442: D811000252-MAN-001
Page 443: D811000252-MAN-001
Page 444: D811000252-MAN-001
Page 445: D811000252-MAN-001
Page 446: D811000252-MAN-001
Page 447: D811000252-MAN-001
Page 448: D811000252-MAN-001
Page 449: D811000252-MAN-001
Page 450: D811000252-MAN-001
Page 451: D811000252-MAN-001
Page 452: D811000252-MAN-001
Page 453: D811000252-MAN-001
Page 454: D811000252-MAN-001
Page 455: D811000252-MAN-001
Page 456: D811000252-MAN-001
Page 457: D811000252-MAN-001
Page 458: D811000252-MAN-001
Page 459: D811000252-MAN-001
Page 460: D811000252-MAN-001
Page 461: D811000252-MAN-001
Page 462: D811000252-MAN-001
Page 463: D811000252-MAN-001
Page 464: D811000252-MAN-001
Page 465: D811000252-MAN-001
Page 466: D811000252-MAN-001
Page 467: D811000252-MAN-001
Page 468: D811000252-MAN-001
Page 469: D811000252-MAN-001
Page 470: D811000252-MAN-001
Page 471: D811000252-MAN-001
Page 472: D811000252-MAN-001
Page 473: D811000252-MAN-001
Page 474: D811000252-MAN-001
Page 475: D811000252-MAN-001
Page 476: D811000252-MAN-001
Page 477: D811000252-MAN-001
Page 478: D811000252-MAN-001
Page 479: D811000252-MAN-001
Page 480: D811000252-MAN-001
Page 481: D811000252-MAN-001
Page 482: D811000252-MAN-001
Page 483: D811000252-MAN-001
Page 484: D811000252-MAN-001
Page 485: D811000252-MAN-001
Page 486: D811000252-MAN-001
Page 487: D811000252-MAN-001
Page 488: D811000252-MAN-001
Page 489: D811000252-MAN-001
Page 490: D811000252-MAN-001
Page 491: D811000252-MAN-001
Page 492: D811000252-MAN-001
Page 493: D811000252-MAN-001
Page 494: D811000252-MAN-001
Page 495: D811000252-MAN-001
Page 496: D811000252-MAN-001
Page 497: D811000252-MAN-001
Page 498: D811000252-MAN-001
Page 499: D811000252-MAN-001
Page 500: D811000252-MAN-001
Page 501: D811000252-MAN-001
Page 502: D811000252-MAN-001
Page 503: D811000252-MAN-001
Page 504: D811000252-MAN-001
Page 505: D811000252-MAN-001
Page 506: D811000252-MAN-001
Page 507: D811000252-MAN-001
Page 508: D811000252-MAN-001
Page 509: D811000252-MAN-001
Page 510: D811000252-MAN-001
Page 511: D811000252-MAN-001
Page 512: D811000252-MAN-001
Page 513: D811000252-MAN-001
Page 514: D811000252-MAN-001
Page 515: D811000252-MAN-001
Page 516: D811000252-MAN-001
Page 517: D811000252-MAN-001
Page 518: D811000252-MAN-001
Page 519: D811000252-MAN-001
Page 520: D811000252-MAN-001
Page 521: D811000252-MAN-001
Page 522: D811000252-MAN-001
Page 523: D811000252-MAN-001
Page 524: D811000252-MAN-001
Page 525: D811000252-MAN-001
Page 526: D811000252-MAN-001
Page 527: D811000252-MAN-001
Page 528: D811000252-MAN-001
Page 529: D811000252-MAN-001
Page 530: D811000252-MAN-001
Page 531: D811000252-MAN-001
Page 532: D811000252-MAN-001
Page 533: D811000252-MAN-001
Page 534: D811000252-MAN-001
Page 535: D811000252-MAN-001
Page 536: D811000252-MAN-001
Page 537: D811000252-MAN-001
Page 538: D811000252-MAN-001
Page 539: D811000252-MAN-001
Page 540: D811000252-MAN-001
Page 541: D811000252-MAN-001
Page 542: D811000252-MAN-001
Page 543: D811000252-MAN-001
Page 544: D811000252-MAN-001

This page left blank intentionally.

Page 545: D811000252-MAN-001

THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION WHICH BELONGS TO NATIONAL-OILWELL, L.P. IT IS LOANED FOR LIMITED PURPOSES ONLY AND REMAINS THE PROPERTY OF NATIONAL-OILWELL, L.P. REPRODUCTION, IN WHOLE OR IN PART OR USE OF THIS DESIGN OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS INFORMATION TO OTHERS IS NOT PERMITTED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS WRITTEN CONSENT OF NATIONAL-OILWELL, L.P. THIS DOCUMENT IS TO BE RETURNED TO NATIONAL-OILWELL, L.P. UPON REQUEST AND IN ANY EVENT UPON COMPLETION OF THE USE FOR WHICH IT WAS LOANED. THIS DOCUMENT AND THE INFORMATION CONTAINED AND REPRESENTED IS THE COPYRIGHTED PROPERTY OF NATIONAL-OILWELL, L.P.

CURRENT INITIAL DRAWN R SHUMSKI

TITLE MECHANICAL SPARES LIST

PETROBRAS – P14 TDS-4S CHECKED D. STEPHENS

APPD R SHUMSKISIZE

ADWG NO

30184939 REV

-DATE 7 JUL 08 SCALE NONE WT LBS NONE SHEET 1 OF 9

DCF0045 (REV B)

MECHANICAL SPARES KIT PETROBRAS – P14

TDS-4S

NOTES: 1. 30184939-1 Recommended Commissioning Spares 2. 30184939-2 Recommended Operational Spares 3. 30184939-3 Recommended Insurance Spares 4. See Customer Configuration M614000012-GEN-001.

Page 546: D811000252-MAN-001

-1 -2 -3 Commission Operational Insurance Where Description

Part Number Description Spare Spare Spare Used Where Used

SIZE

ADWG NO

30184939 REV

-

SCALE NONE WT LBS SHEET 6 OF 9 DCF0045 (REV B)

Auxiliary Dolly Assembly, Non-Retract, C-Face Rollers (30184930) 30184930-DWG Drawing, Aux Dolly Assembly 1 1 1 30184930 Aux Dolly Assembly 76771 Cam Follower - - 8 30184930 Aux Dolly Assembly

Block Dolly Assembly, Non-Retract, C-Face Rollers (30184928) 30184928-DWG Drawing, Block Dolly Assembly 1 1 1 30184928 Block Dolly Assembly 76771 Cam Follower - - 8 30184928 Block Dolly Assembly

Counterbalance Kit (95031) 95030-DWG Drawing, Counterbalance Kit 1 1 1 96289 Counterbalance Kit 94780-DWG Drawing, Cylinder Assembly 1 1 1 96289 Cylinder Assy, C’Bal 94764 Cylinder - - 2 94780 Cylinder Assy, C’Bal 94764-SK Seal Kit, Counterbalance Cylinder - 1 - 94764 Cylinder Assy, C’Bal

Page 547: D811000252-MAN-001

-1 -2 -3 Commission Operational Insurance Where Description

Part Number Description Spare Spare Spare Used Where Used

SIZE

ADWG NO

30184939 REV

-

SCALE NONE WT LBS SHEET 2 OF 9 DCF0045 (REV B)

Motor Housing Assembly (121344-SE-***-10-50SB) 50SB 121344-DWG Drawing, Motor Housing Assy 1 1 1 121344-X Motor Housing Assembly 30123440-DWG Drawing, Washpipe Assembly 1 1 1 30123440 Washpipe Assembly 107138 Sleeve, Wear - - 1 121344-X Motor Housing Assembly 75981 Gasket Seal Retainer - - 1 121344-X Motor Housing Assembly 91255 Seal, Housing - - 1 121344-X Motor Housing Assembly 91046 Bushing, Bail Pin - - 2 121344-X Motor Housing Assembly 91923 Lip Seal Ring, 3”, Fig 1002 - - 1 121344-X Motor Housing Assembly 73302 Brake, Air - - 1 121344-X Motor Housing Assembly 90133 Seal Main Body - - 1 121344-X Motor Housing Assembly 51300-392-B O-Ring, Bonnet - - 1 121344-X Motor Housing Assembly 51300-349-B O-Ring, Bail Pin - - 2 121344-X Motor Housing Assembly 51300-276-B O-Ring, Housing Seal - - 1 121344-X Motor Housing Assembly 51300-458-B O-Ring, Housing Seal - - 1 121344-X Motor Housing Assembly 89053-V Seal Lip - - 2 121344-X Motor Housing Assembly 51300-142-B O-Ring, Gear Changer - - 2 121344-X Motor Housing Assembly 88956 Gasket, Gear Changer - - 1 121344-X Motor Housing Assembly 88953 Seal, Piston, Gear Changer - - 1 121344-X Motor Housing Assembly 74004 Sight Gage, Oil - - 1 121344-X Motor Housing Assembly 88585-SE-Q Motor, A/C Hi-Torque - - 1 121344-X Motor Housing Assembly 30123290 Washpipe Assembly, SB - 1 1 121344-X Motor Housing Assembly 30123290-PK Packing / Seal Kit - 1 1 30123290 Washpipe Assembly 30173521 Bearing Isolator - - 1 121344-X Motor Housing Assembly 30154362 Shield, Bearing, Washpipe - 1 - 121344-X Motor Housing Assembly 98290 Liner, Upper Stem, Tapered, Wash’p - 2 - 121344-X Motor Housing Assembly 94990 Seal, Oil, Washpipe - - 1 121344-X Motor Housing Assembly 112895 Seal, Poly Pak, Washpipe - 2 - 121344-X Motor Housing Assembly

Rotating Head Assembly (116417-500, Sub Assembly of 121344-**-***-10-****) 116417-DWG Drawing, Rotating Head Assembly 1 1 1 116417-500 Rotating Head Assembly 88302 Gasket - 1 1 116417-500 Rotating Head Assembly 88098 Glyd Ring - 4 12 116417-500 Rotating Head Assembly 88096 Seal, Lip, Bull Gear - 2 2 116417-500 Rotating Head Assembly

Page 548: D811000252-MAN-001

-1 -2 -3 Commission Operational Insurance Where Description

Part Number Description Spare Spare Spare Used Where Used

SIZE

ADWG NO

30184939 REV

-

SCALE NONE WT LBS SHEET 3 OF 9 DCF0045 (REV B)

Guide Dolly Assembly, Non-Retract, Swing, C-Face Rollers (30184932) 30184932-DWG Drawing, Guide Dolly Assy 1 1 1 30184932 Guide Dolly Assembly 30172237-DWG Drawing, Motor Align Cyl Assy 1 1 1 30184932 Guide Dolly Assembly 30172237 Motor Align Cylinder Assembly - - 1 30184932 Guide Dolly Assembly 14783 Gauge - - 1 30172237 Motor Align Cylinder Assy 15208 Valve, Flow Control - - 2 30172237 Motor Align Cylinder Assy 85195 Motor Alignment Cylinder - - - 30172237 Motor Align Cylinder Assy 85678 Seal Kit, Motor Align Cyl - 1 - 85195 Motor Alignment Cylinder 79862-2 Bushing - - 4 30184932 Guide Dolly Assembly 73719 Thrust Bearing - - 1 30184932 Guide Dolly Assembly 76420-DWG (-3) Drawing, Counterbalance Manifold 1 1 1 30184932 Guide Dolly Assembly 77616 Valve, Cartridge, Check - - 1 76420-3 Manifold Assy, C’Balance 76419 Valve, Cartridge, Needle - - 1 76420-3 Manifold Assy, C’Balance 76790 Valve, Directional Control - - 1 76420-3 Manifold Assy, C’Balance 76417 Valve, Directional, Pilot - - 1 76420-3 Manifold Assy, C’Balance 77615 Valve, Pressure Reducing - - 1 76420-3 Manifold Assy, C’Balance 76771 Cam Follower - - 20 30184932 Guide Dolly Assembly 82747 Pressure Filter - - - 30184932 Guide Dolly Assembly 82747-N92151 Seal, Filter 1 2 - 82747 Pressure Filter 82747-932633Q Pressure Filter Element 1 2 - 82747 Pressure Filter 88904-DWG Drawing, Accumulator Kit, Align Cyl 1 1 1 30184932 Guide Dolly Assembly 84601-3 Accumulator - - 1 88904 Accumulator Kit 82674-SK Seal Kit, Accumulator - 1 2 94601-3 Accumulator 82674 Accumulator, Counterbalance - - - 30184932 Guide Dolly Assembly 82674-SK Seal Kit, Accumulator - 1 2 82674 Accumulator

Page 549: D811000252-MAN-001

-1 -2 -3 Commission Operational Insurance Where Description

Part Number Description Spare Spare Spare Used Where Used

SIZE

ADWG NO

30184939 REV

-

SCALE NONE WT LBS SHEET 4 OF 9 DCF0045 (REV B)

Motor Electric Kit, UL (M614000217-SE/SH-U24) M614000217-DWG Drawing, Motor Electric Kit 1 1 1 M614000217 Motor Electric Kit 129991-01A Gland, Barrier 3 3 - M614000217 Motor Electric Kit 93939 Proximity Sensor - - 1 M614000217 Motor Electric Kit 76842 Switch, Differential Pressure - - 1 M614000217 Motor Electric Kit 79388 Switch, Pressure, IBOP - - 1 M614000217 Motor Electric Kit 87541 Switch, Pressure, Oil - - 1 M614000217 Motor Electric Kit 76841 Switch, Pressure, Purge - - 1 M614000217 Motor Electric Kit 83095 Switch, Pressure, BX Elev - - 1 M614000217 Motor Electric Kit 84882 Switch, Proximity - - 2 M614000217 Motor Electric Kit 84665 Switch, Temp - - 1 M614000217 Motor Electric Kit 10743 Muffler, Short Exhaust 2 2 - 110572-U24 Manf Assy, 6-Gang w/JBox 88083 Valve, Quick Exhaust 1 1 - 110572-U24 Manf Assy, 6-Gang w/JBox 110572-DWG Drawing, Air Manifold Assembly 1 1 1 M614000217 Motor Electric Kit 92814-DWG Drawing, 6-Gang Valve Assembly 1 1 1 110572-U24 Manf Assy, 6-Gang w/JBox 85986-U24 Valve, Versa - - 1 92814-U24 Manifold Assy, 6-Gang 82172 Seal Kit, Valve Body 1 1 - 85986-U24 82173 Seal Kit, 4-Way Valve 1 1 - 85986-U24

Auxiliary Hydraulic Manifold for Hydraulic Link Tilt and BX Elevators 116021-DWG Drawing, Hydraulic Manifold Assy 1 1 1 30181871 Motor Electric Kit 82695-1 Kit, Seal 1 1 1 82697-10-B16 Solenoid, Hyd Manf Assy 82695-1 Kit, Seal 1 1 1 82695-12-B16 Solenoid, Hyd Manf Assy 82695-1 Kit, Seal 1 1 1 82695-10-B16 Solenoid, Hyd Manf Assy 94518-23IN Valve, Cartridge, Counterbalance - - 1 116021-C16 Hydraulic Manifold Assy 82697-10-B16 Valve, Solenoid, EEx - - 1 116021-C16 Hydraulic Manifold Assy 82695-12-B16 Valve, Solenoid, EEx - - 1 116021-C16 Hydraulic Manifold Assy 82695-10-B16 Valve, Solenoid, EEx - - 1 116021-C16 Hydraulic Manifold Assy 93547-2B75N Valve, Cartridge, Check, Pilot-Open - - 1 116021-C16 Hydraulic Manifold Assy 111664-1EN Valve, Cartridge, Relief - - 1 116021-C16 Hydraulic Manifold Assy 94518-13HN Valve, Cartridge, Counterbalance - - 1 116021-C16 Hydraulic Manifold Assy 94536-130N Valve, Cartridge, Check - - 1 116021-C16 Hydraulic Manifold Assy 116641-2BN Valve, Cartridge, Relief - - 1 116021-C16 Hydraulic Manifold Assy 116585-1N010 Valve, Cartridge, Flow Fuse - - 1 116021-C16 Hydraulic Manifold Assy

Local Cooling System (109412-2A1) 109412-DWG Drawing, Motor Cooling System 1 1 1 109412-2A1 Local Cooling Assembly 109411 Heat Exchanger - - 1 109412-2A1 Local Cooling Assembly 88229 Motor Blower, 20HP, UL - - 1 109412-2A1 Local Cooling Assembly

Page 550: D811000252-MAN-001

-1 -2 -3 Commission Operational Insurance Where Description

Part Number Description Spare Spare Spare Used Where Used

SIZE

ADWG NO

30184939 REV

-

SCALE NONE WT LBS SHEET 5 OF 9 DCF0045 (REV B)

Oil Circulation Kit, UL, 460VAC (30181397) 30181397-DWG Drawing, Oil Circulation Kit 1 1 1 30181397 Oil Circulating Kit 30177032 Thermometer, 3 inch diameter - - 1 30181397 Oil circulating Kit 115217-1D0 Gage, Pressure - - 1 30181397 Oil circulating Kit 30111013 Filter Assembly, 60 Microns Dual - - 1 30181233 Oil Circulating Kit 30111013-1 Element, Filter, 60 Microns 4 6 - 30111013 Filter Assembly 30111013-5 Magnetic Separator 1 2 - 30111013 Filter Assembly 97575 Valve, Thermostatic - 1 1 30181233 Oil Circulating Kit 115217-1F2 Gage, Pressure - - 1 30181397 Oil Circulating Kit 30156468-P1D Switch, Differential Pressure - - 1 30181397 Oil Circulating Kit 30176001 Gage, Differential Pressure - - 1 30181397 Oil Circulating Kit 30175768-MECH Filter, 25�, w/Dirt Alarm - - 1 30181397 Oil Circulating Kit 30175768-15 Connector Filter 2 3 - 30175768-MECH Filter, 25μ 30175768-1 Filter Element 4 6 - 30175768-MECH Filter, 25μ 30173422-14 Magnet Assembly 4 6 - 30175768-MECH Filter, 25μ 30156633-10 O-Ring 4 6 - 30175768-MECH Filter, 25μ 108216-16 Ball Valve, 1 NPTF - - 1 30181233 Oil Circulating Kit 30176000 Strainer, Y-Style - - - 30181397 Oil Circulating Kit 30176000-3 Element, Y-Style Strainer 2 3 - 30176000 Strainer, Y-Style

Oil Circulating Assembly (30181991) 30181991-DWG Drawing, Oil Circulating Assembly 1 1 1 30176118 Oil Circulating Assembly 30181832-DWG Drawing, Electrical Interconnect 1 1 1 30176118 Oil Circulating Assembly 30176029 Flowmeter - 2 2 30176118 Oil Circulating Assembly 30155689-2 Flow Switch, .25 GPM - 1 1 30176118 Oil Circulating Assembly 30155689-3 Flow Switch, 1.2 GPM - 1 1 30176118 Oil Circulating Assembly 30182305 Motor/Pump Assembly - - 1 30181991 Oil Circulating Assembly 97578-2 Motor, 5HP, 460VAC, UL - - 1 30176118 Motor/Pump Assembly 30156301-3 Pump, Screw - - 1 30176118 Motor/Pump Assembly 30177975 Coupling - 1 1 30176118 Motor/Pump Assembly

S-Pipe Installation Kit (94075-17) 94075-DWG Drawing, S-Pipe Installation Kit 1 1 1 94075 S-Pipe Installation Kit 51300-425-B O-Ring 2 2 2 94075 S-Pipe Installation Kit 91677-DWG Drawing, S-Pipe Assembly 1 1 1 94075 S-Pipe Installation Kit 91677-515 S-Pipe Assembly - - - 94075 S-Pipe Installation Kit 84617-501 Elbow, 4”, Fig 1002 - - 1 91677-515 S-Pipe Assembly 114833 Seal 2 2 2 84617-501 Elbow

Page 551: D811000252-MAN-001

-1 -2 -3 Commission Operational Insurance Where Description

Part Number Description Spare Spare Spare Used Where Used

SIZE

ADWG NO

30184939 REV

-

SCALE NONE WT LBS SHEET 7 OF 9 DCF0045 (REV B)

PH-85 Installation Kit (30179600-J35A) 30179600-DWG Drawing, PH-85 Installation Kit 1 1 1 30179600-*** PH-85 Installation Kit 30173885-DWG Drawing, UIBOP 1 1 1 30179600 Upper IBOP 30173885-500 Upper IBOP Valve Assembly - - 1 3017960-W35A PH-85 Installation Kit 30177237-DWG Drawing, Repair Kit 1 1 1 30172885-500 Upper IBOP 30177237-2 Repair Kit, - Complete - - 1 30172885-500 Upper IBOP 30177237-1 Repair Kit – Soft Seals - 1 1 30172885-500 Upper IBOP 77408 Wrench, IBOP - 1 1 30172885-500 Upper IBOP & Lower IBOP 79489-14 Seat Puller - 1 1 30172885-500 Upper IBOP & Lower IBOP 89141-18 Nut Wrench - 1 1 30172885-500 Upper IBOP & Lower IBOP 90811-DWG Drawing, LIBOP 1 1 1 90811 Lower IBOP 90811-500 Lower IBOP Valve Assembly - - 1 3017960-W35A PH-85 Installation Kit 95385-2 Repair Kit, - Complete - - 1 90811-500 Lower IBOP 95385-1 Repair Kit – Soft Seals - 1 1 90811-500 Lower IBOP

PH-85 Torque Wrench Assembly (95461-ATBX, Sub Assembly of 30179600-J**) 72221 Rod, Wiper - - 1 95461-*** Clamp Cylinder 72219 Seal, Piston - - 2 95461-*** Clamp Cylinder 72220 Seal, Rod - - 1 95461-*** Clamp Cylinder 81788 Die 4 50 - 95461-*** Jaw Assembly 30116378-DWG Drawing, Manifold Assy, Elev Tilt 1 1 1 95461-***B & -***BX Manifold, Elevator Tilt 94537-175N Valve, Cartridge, Check - - 2 95461-***B & -***BX Manifold, Elevator Tilt 94518-13HN Valve, Cartridge, Counterbalance - - 2 95461-***B & -***BX Manifold, Elevator Tilt 94521-1DN Valve, Cartridge, Shuttle - - 2 95461-***B & -***BX Manifold, Elevator Tilt 91223 Bushing, Actuator - 2 - 95461-*** Torque Wrench Assembly 91224 Bushing, Sleeve - 2 - 95461-*** Torque Wrench Assembly 90849 Bushing, Torque Cylinder - 2 - 95461-*** Torque Wrench Assembly 91854 Bushing, Torque Cylinder - 2 - 95461-*** Torque Wrench Assembly 71847 Cam Follower - 2 - 95461-*** Torque Wrench Assembly 91265 Cylinder, Hydraulic, Clevis Assy - - 1 95461-*** Torque Wrench Assembly 95461-DWG Drawing, Torque Wrench Assy 1 1 1 95461-*** Torque Wrench Assembly 98006-13N Seal Kit, Counterbalance Valve - 1 1 94518-13HN Valve, Cartridge, C’balance 98006-13N Seal Kit, Check Valve - 1 1 94537-175N Valve, Cartridge, Check

Rectifier Manifold Assembly (30116378, Sub Assembly of 95461-***B & -***BX) 30116378-DWG Drawing, Manifold 1 1 1 30116378 Manifold, Rectifier 94536-130N Valve, Cartridge, Check - - 2 30116378 Manifold, Rectifier

Page 552: D811000252-MAN-001

-1 -2 -3 Commission Operational Insurance Where Description

Part Number Description Spare Spare Spare Used Where Used

SIZE

ADWG NO

30184939 REV

-

SCALE NONE WT LBS SHEET 8 OF 9 DCF0045 (REV B)

RBS-4 Installation Kit (30183592 & -1) 30183592-DWG Drawing, RBS-4 Installation Kit 1 1 1 30183592 RBS-4 Installation Kit 126558-DWG Drawing, Hyd Schematic, RBS-4 1 1 1 30183592 RBS-4 Installation Kit 126992-DWG Drawing, Elec Interconnect 1 1 1 30183592 RBS-4 Installation Kit 127321-DWG Drawing, Bulkhead Plate Assy 1 1 1 30183592 Bulkhead Assembly 127354 Assembly, Inlet Manifold - - 1 127321 Bulkhead Assy 83444-05 Gland 2 2 2 127321 Bulkhead Assy 86959-5 Inlet Filter Assembly Element 2 2 2 86959-4 Bulkhead Assy/Inlet Filter 86959-4 Inlet Filter Assembly - - 1 127354 Bulkhead Assy/Inlet Filter 107030-16 Ball Valve - - 1 127354 Bulkhead Assy/Inlet Manf 94536-330N Valve, Cartridge, Check - - 1 127354 Bulkhead Assy/Inlet Manf 30126664-DWG Drawing, Lift Cylinder Assembly 1 1 1 30183592 Lift Cylinder Assembly 94518-13HN Valve, Cartridge, Counterbalance - - 1 30126664 Lift Cylinder Assy 126663-DWG Drawing, Lift Cylinder SCD - - - 30126664 Lift Cylinder Assy/Lift Cyl 108894-B25 Seal Kit, Body - 1 1 126663 Lift Cylinder Assy/Lift Cyl 108894-P23 Seal Kit, Piston - 1 1 126663 Lift Cylinder Assy/Lift Cyl 108894-R13 Seal Kit, Rod - 1 1 126663 Lift Cylinder Assy/Lift Cyl 108894-G13 Seal Kit, Rod & Gland - 1 1 126663 Lift Cylinder Assy/Lift Cyl 108894-Z703 Wrench, Gland Spanner - 1 1 126663 Lift Cylinder Assy/Lift Cyl 108894-Y2 Wrench, Rod Gland - 1 1 126663 Lift Cylinder Assy/Lift Cyl 140717-DWG Drawing, Tong Arm Elec/Stab Head

(140717-2) 30183592 Tong Arm Electrical

83444-01 Gland - 2 2 140717 Tong Arm Elec/Gland 126811-220 Flow Divider - - 1 140717 Tong Arm Elec/Flow Divider 126584-DWG Drawing, Regen Clamp Manifold 1 1 1 126584 Manifold, Clamp Regen - - - 140717 Tong Arm Elec/Reg Manifold 109302-375NB Valve, Cartridge, Fixed Flow - - 1 126584 Tong Arm Elec/Reg Manifold 94537-375N Valve, Cartridge, Pilot-Close - - 1 126584 Tong Arm Elec/Reg Manifold 126581-DWG Drawing, Control Manifold 1 1 1 140717 Tong Arm Elec/Manifold 112554-SK Seal Kit, Solenoid Valve 1 1 - 126581-SGE-3-S Tong Arm Elec/Manifold 94536-330N Valve, Cartridge, Check - - 1 126581-SGE-3-S Tong Arm Elec/Manifold 107029-375N Valve, Cartridge, Check, Pilot-Open - - 1 126581-SGE-3-S Tong Arm Elec/Manifold 107029-130N Valve, Cartridge, Check, Pilot-Open - - 1 126581-SGE-3-S Tong Arm Elec/Manifold 93547-1B75N Valve, Cartridge, Check, Pilot-Open - - 1 126581-SGE-3-S Tong Arm Elec/Manifold 94534-3CXN Valve, Cartridge, Logic - - 1 126581-SGE-3-S Tong Arm Elec/Manifold 94534-1CLN Valve, Cartridge, Logic - - 1 126581-SGE-3-S Tong Arm Elec/Manifold 93542-05D Valve, Cartridge, Pilot Operated - - 1 126581-SGE-3-S Tong Arm Elec/Manifold 107610-1HN Valve, Cartridge, Pressure Comp - - 1 126581-SGE-3-S Tong Arm Elec/Manifold 116641-3AN Valve, Cartridge, Reducing - - 1 126581-SGE-3-S Tong Arm Elec/Manifold 94522-1BN Valve, Cartridge, Relief - - 1 126581-SGE-3-S Tong Arm Elec/Manifold 117068-1REN Valve, Cartridge, Remote Pilot - - 2 126581-SGE-3-S Tong Arm Elec/Manifold 107236-1AN Valve, Cartridge, Sequence - - 1 126581-SGE-3-S Tong Arm Elec/Manifold 94521-1DN Valve, Cartridge, Shuttle - - 1 126581-SGE-3-S Tong Arm Elec/Manifold

Page 553: D811000252-MAN-001

-1 -2 -3 Commission Operational Insurance Where Description

Part Number Description Spare Spare Spare Used Where Used

SIZE

ADWG NO

30184939 REV

-

SCALE NONE WT LBS SHEET 9 OF 9 DCF0045 (REV B)

112554-D2 Valve, Directional - - 1 126581-SGE-3-S Tong Arm Elec/Manifold 112554-J2 Valve, Directional - - 1 126581-SGE-3-S Tong Arm Elec/Manifold 126540-DWG Drawing, Tong Arm & Stab Head Hyd

(126540-1) 1 1 1 140717 Tong Arm Elec/Ret Cyl

30158598 Retract Cylinder Assy - - 1 126540 Tong Arm Elec/Ret Cy 30158597-DWG Drawing, Cylinder 1 1 1 30158598 Tong Arm Elec/Ret Cyl 108894-B50 Seal Kit, Body - 1 1 30158597 Tong Arm Elec/Ret Cyl 108894-P50 Seal Kit, Piston - 1 1 30158597 Tong Arm Elec/Ret Cyl 108894-R20 Seal Kit, Rod - 1 1 30158597 Tong Arm Elec/Ret Cyl 108894-G20 Seal Kit, Rod & Gland - 1 1 30158597 Tong Arm Elec/Ret Cyl 108894-Z677 Wrench, Gland Spanner - 1 1 30158597 Tong Arm Elec/Ret Cyl 108894-Y4 Wrench, Rod Gland - 1 1 30158597 Tong Arm Elec/Ret Cyl 30113000 Bushing - 2 - 30158598 Tong Arm Elec/Ret Cyl 30158763 Cylinder, Latch, 1-1/2 Stroke - - 1 30158598 Tong Arm Elec/Ret Cyl 30158597 Cylinder, Latch, 1-1/2 Stroke - - 1 30158598 Tong Arm Elec/Ret Cyl 124223-3 Switch, Limit - 1 1 30158598 Tong Arm Elec/Ret Cyl 94518-13HN Valve, Cartridge, Counterbalance - 1 1 30158598 Tong Arm Elec/Ret Cyl 108894-B20 Seal Kit, Body - 1 1 30158763 Tong Arm Elec/Ret Cyl 30158763-PK Seal Kit, Piston - 1 1 30158763 Tong Arm Elec/Ret Cyl 108894-10 Seal Kit, Rod - 1 1 30158763 Tong Arm Elec/Ret Cyl 108894-G10 Seal Kit, Rod & Gland - 1 1 30158763 Tong Arm Elec/Ret Cyl 108894-Z676 Wrench, Gland Spanner - 1 1 30158763 Tong Arm Elec/Ret Cyl 108894-Y1 Wrench, Rod Gland - 1 1 30158763 Tong Arm Elec/Ret Cyl 123305-DWG Drawing, Stabbing Head Assembly

(123305-500) 1 1 1 123305 Tong Arm Elec/Stab Head

118844-24-16 Bushing, Fiberglide - 2 - 30158717 Tong Arm Elec/Stab Head 126648-DWG Frame Assembly - 2 - 30158592 Tong Arm Elec/Frame Assy 118844-32-32 Bushing - 2 - 30178431 Tong Arm Elec/Frame Assy 118844-28-38 Bushing - 2 - 30178431 Tong Arm Elec/Frame Assy118844-48-48 Bushing - 2 - 30178431 Tong Arm Elec/Frame Assy118844-32-40 Bushing - 2 - 30178431 Tong Arm Elec/Frame Assy118844-48-40 Bushing - 2 - 30178431 Tong Arm Elec/Frame Assy118844-32-28 Bushing - 2 - 30178431 Tong Arm Elec/Frame Assy118844-32-40 Bushing - 2 - 30158606-1 Tong Arm Elec/Frame Assy30158606-1-DWG Drawing, Clamp Cylinder Assembly 1 1 1 30178431 Tong Arm Elec/Frame Assy126404-DWG Drawing, Carriage Assembly 1 1 1 126404 Tong Arm Elec/Carriage 30126114 Cam Follower, 6 inches 2 2 8 126404 Tong Arm Elec/Carriage 126650-DWG Drawing, Retract/Latch Cyl Assy 1 1 1 30182592 RBS Installation Kit

Page 554: D811000252-MAN-001

This page left blank intentionally.

Page 555: D811000252-MAN-001

THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION WHICH BELONGS TO NATIONAL-OILWELL, L.P. IT IS LOANED FOR LIMITED PURPOSES ONLY AND REMAINS THE PROPERTY OF NATIONAL-OILWELL, L.P. REPRODUCTION, IN WHOLE OR IN PART OR USE OF THIS DESIGN OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS INFORMATION TO OTHERS IS NOT PERMITTED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS WRITTEN CONSENT OF NATIONAL-OILWELL, L.P. THIS DOCUMENT IS TO BE RETURNED TO NATIONAL-OILWELL, L.P. UPON REQUEST AND IN ANY EVENT UPON COMPLETION OF THE USE FOR WHICH IT WAS LOANED. THIS DOCUMENT AND THE INFORMATION CONTAINED AND REPRESENTED IS THE COPYRIGHTED PROPERTY OF NATIONAL-OILWELL, L.P.

CURRENT INITIAL DRAWN T. GONZALEZ

TITLE

CONTROL SPARES LIST, TDS-4S, PETROBRAS P-14

CHECKED T. JORDANAPPVD T. JORDAN

SIZE

ADWG NO

30184734 REV

-DATE 11/07/07 SCALE NONE WT LBS SHEET 1 OF 3 DCF0045 (REV B)

TDS-4S CONTROL SPARES LIST

PETROBRAS P-14

NOTES: 1. 30184734-1 Recommended Commissioning Spares 2. 30184734-2 Recommended Operational Spares 3. 30184734-3 Recommended Insurance Spares

Page 556: D811000252-MAN-001

SIZE

ADWG NO

30184734 REV

-

SCALE NONE WT LBS SHEET 2 OF 3 DCF0045 (REV B)

-1 -2 -3 Recom. Recom. Recom. Commission Operational Insurance Where Description

Part No. Description Spare Spare Spare Used Where Used

92119-6 Barrier, Potentiometer Converter

1 - 1 30184445 Control System Assy.

141611 Power Supply 15VDC, 1A 1 - 1 30184445 Control System Assy. 122627-02 Power Supply 24VDC, 10A 1 - 1 30184445 &

P804000014-ASM-001

Control System Assy.

122627-36 Digital Input Module, 16x24VDC

1 - 1 30184445 Control System Assy.

112627-101 Digital Relay Output Module, SM322

1 - 1 30184445 Control System Assy.

122627-142 Analog Input, SM331, 8Ch 2 - 2 30184445& P804000014-ASM-001

Control System Assy.

122627-19 Analog Output 1 - 1 30184445 Control System Assy. 122627-76 Frequency Counter 1 - 1 30184445 Control System Assy.

112627-101 Digital Relay Output Module, SM322

2 - 2 30184445 & P804000014-ASM-001

Control System Assy.

122627-14 Digital Output 2 - 2 30184445 & P804000014-ASM-001

Control System Assy.

122627-27 Front Connector, Screw Terminal, 20 Pins

- - 1 30184445 Control System Assy.

122627-75 Front Connector, Screw Terminal, 40 Pins

- - 1 30184445 Control System Assy.

122627-34 Profibus Connector w/PG Socket .

- - 1 30184445 Control System Assy.

122627-143 CPU 315-2DP 1 - 1 30184445 Control System Assy. 30123233-10E Isolator, Analog Signal 1 - 1 30184445 Control System Assy.

3071075 Isolator, Analog Signal 1 - 1 30184445 Control System Assy. 30087708-59 Light, Indicator, Clear 24V

DC - 1 1 30184445 Control System Assy.

30087708-39 Light, Indicator, Green 24V DC

- 1 1 30184445 Control System Assy.

30087708-44 Lamp, Bayonet 24V DC - 10 1 30184445 Control System Assy. 30087708-37 Switch, 3 Position - - 1 30184445 Control System Assy. 30087708-27 Switch, 2 Position - - 1 30184445 Control System Assy.

81736-2 Potentiometer, 2W, 10K - - 1 30184445 Control System Assy. 118910-7 Relay,DPDT, 2NO, 24V 1 - 2 30184445 &

P804000014-ASM-001

Control System Assy.

118910-17 Relay,DPDT, 2NO, 120V 1 - 2 30184445 Control System Assy. 30171978 Barrier, .I.S. 1 - 1 P804000014-

ASM-001 Remote I/O J-Box

92119-8 Barrier, I.S. 1 - 1 P804000014-ASM-001

Remote I/O J-Box

98263 Barrier, I.S. 1 - 1 P804000014-

ASM-001 Remote I/O J-Box

111070 Barrier, I.S. 1 - 1 P804000014-ASM-001

Remote I/O J-Box

122627-01 Power Supply 24VDC, 5A 1 - 1 P804000014-ASM-001

Remote I/O J-Box

122627-127 ET200S POWER MODULE 1 - 1 P804000014-ASM-001

Remote I/O J-Box

Page 557: D811000252-MAN-001

SIZE

ADWG NO

30184734 REV

-

SCALE NONE WT LBS SHEET 3 OF 3 DCF0045 (REV B)

122627-128 ET2OOS Power Module Base

1 - 1 P804000014-ASM-001

Remote I/O J-Box

122627-125 ET200S Counter Module 1 - 1 P804000014-ASM-001

Remote I/O J-Box

122627-126 ET200S Counter Module Base

1 - 1 P804000014-ASM-001

Remote I/O J-Box

114054-3110 Thermostat - - 1 P804000014-ASM-001

Remote I/O J-Box

114054-3107 Heater - - 1 P804000014-ASM-001

Remote I/O J-Box

30156246 Atos Profibus Solenoid Driver - 1 1 P804000014-ASM-001

Remote I/O J-Box


Recommended